(50,'help',' date field date fields the cck date field uses the date api to create date fields and widgets you have a choice of creating an iso date or a unix timestamp if you are porting information from another application you may want to create a field using a type that matches the source data some advantages and disadvantages of each include datestamp unix timestamp stores the date as an integer takes up less room in the database because it s smaller often easier to use for date calculations because you can increase or decrease it just by adding or subtracting seconds it is the format used by php date functions it must be filled with a complete date year month day hour minute second so you sometimes have to arbitrarily set some of these values even if they are not applicable date iso date stores the date in an iso format yyyymmddthh mm ss the data is in a humanreadable form you can use it for incomplete dates ie only a year or only a year and a month and pad the other values with zeros so it does not appear to be any more precise than it really is it is a format that is internationallyrecognized and it is used asis on many web sites and in many applications datetime stores the date in the database s native date format yyyymmdd hh mm ss the data is in a humanreadable form you can use it for incomplete dates ie only a year or only a year and a month and pad the other values with zeros so it does not appear to be any more precise than it really is it can take advantage of the database s date handling functions without any conversion date widgets there are several widgets to choose from to control how users can enter data for this field text field the text field date widget uses a custom format set in the field settings like 31122008 as a fallback the widget will try to accept input allowed by the php strtotime function  this allows the user to type a date in in many natural formats like march 31 1980 there are limitations to strtotime so setting a custom format is more reliable the strtotime function will assume date shortcuts are in american format mm dd yy and strtotime will not work for dates prior to 1970 select list the select list date widget presents users with a dropdown list or textfield for each part of the date year month day hour etc the whole selector is collapsed onto a single line using css except for the timezone selector if datespecific timezones are collected the selector is highly configurable and you can set it up to use 5 10 or 15 minute increments for minutes and seconds or make some parts of the selector use textfields instead of dropdowns useful to allow any year without creating a huge dropdown selector jquery popup calendar the javascript popup calendar is offered as an input alternative if the date popup module is installed the date is split into date and time fields and the date field uses a jquery popup calendar and the time field uses a jquery timeselector widget that only allows valid time input if you have the date repeat module enabled you will also see options for each of those widgets that include a repeat options selection form that will allow the user to choose values like every week or the last tuesday  ',0),(51,'help',' date formatter display the date field can be displayed or formatted several ways some configurable in the date settings others that are automatically provided as options you ll see these formatters as options on the display fields screen and when you add the fields to views you can also use these formatters in custom code by doing something like print contentformat fielddate node fielddate 0 iso  formatter settings in many places you can further control the way multiple value dates will be displayed with formatter settings the formatter settings look like default as time ago long medium short date only time only hidden display from and to dates display from date only display to date only show value s starting from ending on display repeat rule hide repeat rule the number of values should be a numeric value or blank to show all dates that match your other options starting from and ending on can be a fixed dates in iso format like 20090303t103000 or relative times like now or now 1 day  formats and format types formatter options include default the main way to display this date configured in the date settings defaults to the site short format short the site short format medium the site medium format long the site long format time display the date time only using the time format in the default display timetimezone display the date time and timezone using the time format in the default display iso display the date in the standard iso format of yyyymmddthh mm ss ical display the date in the standard ical format of yyyymmddthhmmss timestamp display the date as the unix timestamp value formatinterval display the date as xx days xx hours ago or xx months xx days from now to set up custom formats and formatters go to admin settings datetime formats  you can either use a preconfigured display format or create your own formatters and formats define a php date format string like mdy h i see http phpnet date for more details on custom format strings  ',0),(52,'help',' date copy the date copy module allows you to import date data into cck nodes currently you can convert event nodes to cck nodes or import date data from an ical feed importing from event nodes if you currently have date information in event nodes and want to get the event dates into cck date fields instead you can do this using the date copy module included with the date module first create the content type you want to import your events into and make sure the content type has a cck date field and a field to hold the event description either a body or a text field you can create a new content type for this purpose or add a cck date field to the current event type depending on whether you want to create new nodes and nids or use the current ones make sure you set up the cck date field to have both a from date and a to date if your events have eventspecific timezones make sure the cck date field is set up to use the date s timezone go to admin content management date import export import events and select events as the content type to import from and your new content type as the type to import to only content types that have date fields will appear in the list of available content types if you have added the new date fields to the current content type be sure to select the option to not delete the old node after the import if you have created a new content type you will probably want to delete the old nodes you can select the number of items to import and the starting nid import will be done in ascending nid order use that to import a single node as a test to be sure the results are what you want once your nodes seem to be importing correctly go ahead and import more of them you may want to do them in batches to keep the server from timing out  ',0),(53,'help',' views integration ',0),(54,'help',' generic date argument the generic date argument is based on iso 8601 date duration and time interval standards and allows you to create an flexible argument for any date range for any date field the argument expects a value like 2006010120060115 or 2006w24 or p1w separate from and to dates or date and period with a double hyphen from and to dates in argument are iso dates but can be shortened and missing parts will be added omitted parts of iso dates will be assumed to be the first possible for the from date or the last possible for the to date value in that time period the to portion of the argument can be eliminated if it is the same as the from portion use instead of a date to substitute in the current date and time shortcuts are available use periods p1h p1d p1w p1m p1y to get next hour day week month year from now use date before p sign to get next hour day week month year from that date the iso standard calls for a separator between a date and the p but the separator is optional between a start date and a period in this argument to make the result easier to read use format like 2006w24 to find iso week number 24 in year 2006 examples  argument resulting query range 2006w24 24th iso week in 2006 2006 the whole year of 2006 200603 the whole month of mar 2006 200602200703 feb 1 2006 to mar 31 2006 20060831t1420060831t16 the 14th to 16th hours of aug 8 2006 20061231 now to 20061231t235959 p3h now to three hours from now p1y90d now to 1 year and 90 days from now 20060305p1w the week starting mar 5 2006 200601p3m 3 months starting jan 2006 see http enwikipediaorg wiki iso8601 weekdates for definitions of iso weeks see http enwikipediaorg wiki iso8601 duration for definitions of iso duration and time interval  ',0),(55,'help',' generic date filter the date api provides a generic date filter that can filter on any views date field  ',0),(56,'help',' embedding views embedding views embed a date browser view anywhere using the format dateembedview viewname displayname settings args settings are used to override some values of the view the primary setting that is useful here is a setting for blockidentifier the view s blockidentifier is used to control individual instances of regular and embedded views that contain date navigation so that they move separately or together all views that use the same identifier will move together all views that use different identifiers will move independently the identifier will show up in the url as a querystring like node 275 mini calendar 200810 examples   php print dateembedview myview page1 this will embed the first page display in the view myview php print dateembedview myview page1 array blockidentifer embedded array 2008w45 this will embed the first page display of the view and use embedded as an identifier set to show the week view for week 45 of 2008 php print dateembedview myview block1 array blockidentifier mini array 200807 this will embed the first block view of the view and use mini as an identifier set to show the month view for july 2008  ',0),(57,'help',' repeating date options dates will match any selection within the same box january or june when more than one box has criteria selected all of them are combined to create repeats january or june and day 1 or day 15 positive numbers count from the beginning of the period negative numbers count from the end of the period ie 1 is the last 2 is the next to last etc if you select every year above and march from month and 1 and 15 from day of month in the advanced options you will be selecting the 1st and 15th days of march of every year if you select every other month above and second tuesday in the advanced options you will be selecting the second tuesday of every other month if you select every year above and second tuesday in the advanced options you will be selecting the second tuesday of every year if you select every month above and january and june and first saturday in the advanced options you will be selecting the first saturday in january or june if you select every month above and 1 from day of month in the advanced options you will be selecting the last day of every month  ',0),(58,'help',' the php datetime object the datetime object is defined in php versions 52 and greater full documentation can be found at phpnet datetime  php s printr    devel module  s dpm   and similar functions and most debuggers are not able to show the properties of datetime objects the dateformat  function provides a good alternate method to debug datetime objects an example of its usage follows including some common datetime manipulation functions php create a datetime object for 11 november 2008 5pm chicago time date datecreate 20081111 170000 timezoneopen america chicago find out what time it is in new york datetimezoneset date timezoneopen america newyork now move it ahead to the following tuesday datemodify date 1 tuesday print out the result print dateformat date l r tuesday tue 18 nov 2008 180000 0500 the date api provides a helper function datemakedate string timezone type where string is a unixtimestamp an iso date or a string like yyyymmdd hh mm ss timezone is the name of the timezone this date is in and type is the type of date it is dateunix dateiso or datedatetime it creates and return a date object set to the right date and timezone  ',0),(59,'help',' date api functions preconfigured arrays both translated and untranslated values are available the dateweekdaysordered function will shift an array of week day names so it starts with the site s first day of the week otherwise the weekday names start with sunday as the first value the expected order for many php and sql functions datemonthnames datemonthnamesabbr datemonthnamesuntranslated dateweekdays dateweekdaysabbr dateweekdaysuntranslated dateweekdaysordered dateyears datehours dateminutes dateseconds datetimezonenames dateampm  miscellaneous date manipulation functions predefined constants and functions that will handle pre1970 and post2038 dates in both php 4 and php 5 in any os dates can be converted from one type to another and date parts can be extracted from any date type datedatetime dateiso dateunix datearray dateobject dateical dateconvert dateisvalid datepartisvalid datepartextract  date calculation and navigation datediff will find the time difference between any two days measured in seconds minutes hours days months weeks or years datedaysinmonth datedaysinyear dateweeksinyear datelastdayofmonth datedayofweek datedayofweekname datediff  date regex and format helpers predefined constants an array of date format strings and their equivalent regex strings dateregexloose is a very loose regex that will pull date parts out of an iso date with or without separators using either t or a space to separate date and time and with or without time dateformatdate is similar to formatdate except it takes a date object instead of a timestamp as the first parameter dateformatiso dateformatdatetime dateformatunix dateformatical dateregexiso dateregexdatetime dateregexloose dateformatdate datet dateshortformats datemediumformats datelongformats dateformatpatterns  ',0),(60,'help',' form elements usage example of date elements within forms  enable the date api module you might want to add a dependency in the info file of your module date api uses hookelements  to create custom form types you can check the file dateapielementsinc for the list of form types available and for other configuration options adding a date form element is then easy php your form builder function mymoduleform formstate form array snip add many fields to your form creating the date time element starts here provide a default date in the format yyyymmdd hh mm ss date 20081231 000000 provide a format using regular php format parts see documentation on phpnet if you re using a dateselect the format will control the order of the date parts in the selector rearrange them any way you like parts left out of the format will not be displayed to the user format ymd h i form date2 array type dateselect types datetext and datetimezone are also supported see inc file title select a date defaultvalue date dateformat format datelabelposition within see other available attributes and what they do in dateapielementsinc datetimezone america chicago optional if your date has a timezone other than the site timezone dateincrement 15 optional used by the dateselect and datepopup elements to increment minutes and seconds dateyearrange 3 3 optional used to set the year range back 3 years and forward 3 years is the default snip more fields including the submit button return form these are selfvalidating elements you shouldn t need to do anything except include them in your form you pass them parameters for the timezone format and a default value in the format yyyymmdd hh mm ss and it will convert your input into the format the element wants split the date and time into different fields as needed then accept and validate the user input and convert it back into a string in the same format you originally provided yyyymmdd hh mm ss so you pass it a string and it will pass back a string by the time you get to your own validation function you are responsible for doing your own timezone conversion the element uses the timezone just so it can create a date object with the right timezone for doing its formatting so if you need to do timezone conversion you pull your utc date out of the database and convert it to a local date pass that value to the date element then take what it returns and convert it back to utc and store it in the database again if the date popup module is enabled a datepopup element can be used it works like the other elements but splits the date and time into separate parts you control whether it uses date or date and time by the format you supply in dateformat if you don t have any time parts in the format you won t get a time element note that the jquery widget the date part of the popup can only accept a limited number of formats things like ymd or m d y or dmy  ',0),(61,'help',' timezone handling creating a timezone form item using date api this is simple just use the datetimezone type which is provided by dateapimodule php form timezone array type datetimezone defaultvalue timezone description select a timezone if all the events will happen in the same place select that place s timezone  converting to and from utc in the new system you just need to know the timezone name and either the utc or local time we store the utc time and the timezone name in the database in two separate fields we retrieve that data and do php date the utc value from the database localzone the name of the local timezone type the type of date value datedatetime dateiso or dateunix date datemakedate date utc type datetimezoneset date timezoneopen localzone date now contains the local value of the date output it like print dateformatdate date custom m d y h i to convert a local date back to utc to store it in the database do php date local date value localzone the name of the local timezone type the type of date value datedatetime dateiso or dateunix date datemakedate date localzone type datetimezoneset date timezoneopen utc date now contains the utc value of the date output it like print dateformatdate date custom m d y h i  use of timezone abbreviations the api doesn t handle timezone abbreviations at all there s no way to do it right because they are not unique est could be eastern standard time or european summer time we need the full undeprecated timezone name which looks like america chicago it is comprised of the name of the continent and the major city in the timezone older names like us central are deprecated because the area names change but city names rarely do some good info about timezones is at http enwikipediaorg wiki zoneinfo also we do not use spaces in the timezone names so we use america newyork not america new york the php 52 date functions and mysql native timezone handling all expect names without spaces in them to work correctly you can use the php function timezonenamefromabbr  to try to translate to and from abbreviations but it s not entirely reliable as noted above if we have the current offset and we know if it s currently daylight savings time or not you can combine that with the abbreviation to get the timezone name but that s a lot of if s timezone names the complete list of allowed undeprecated timezone names is africa algiers africa asmera africa bangui africa blantyre africa brazzaville africa bujumbura africa cairo africa ceuta africa daressalaam africa djibouti africa douala africa gaborone africa harare africa johannesburg africa kampala africa khartoum africa kigali africa kinshasa africa lagos africa libreville africa luanda africa lubumbashi africa lusaka africa malabo africa maputo africa maseru africa mbabane africa mogadishu africa nairobi africa ndjamena africa niamey africa portonovo africa tripoli africa tunis africa windhoek america adak america anchorage america anguilla america antigua america araguaina america aruba america asuncion america atka america barbados america belem america belize america boavista america bogota america boise america buenosaires america cambridgebay america cancun america caracas america catamarca america cayenne america cayman america chicago america chihuahua america cordoba america costarica america cuiaba america curacao america dawson america dawsoncreek america denver america detroit america dominica america edmonton america eirunepe america elsalvador america ensenada america fortwayne america fortaleza america glacebay america godthab america goosebay america grandturk america grenada america guadeloupe america guatemala america guayaquil america guyana america halifax america havana america hermosillo america indiana indianapolis america indiana knox america indiana marengo america indiana vevay america indianapolis america inuvik america iqaluit america jamaica america jujuy america juneau america kentucky louisville america kentucky monticello america knoxin america lapaz america lima america losangeles america louisville america maceio america managua america manaus america martinique america mazatlan america mendoza america menominee america merida america mexicocity america miquelon america monterrey america montevideo america montreal america montserrat america nassau america newyork america nipigon america nome america noronha america panama america pangnirtung america paramaribo america phoenix america portauprince america portofspain america portoacre america portovelho america puertorico america rainyriver america rankininlet america recife america regina america riobranco america rosario america santiago america santodomingo america saopaulo america scoresbysund america shiprock america stjohns america stkitts america stlucia america stthomas america stvincent america swiftcurrent america tegucigalpa america thule america thunderbay america tijuana america tortola america vancouver america virgin america whitehorse america winnipeg america yakutat america yellowknife antarctica casey antarctica davis antarctica dumontdurville antarctica mawson antarctica mcmurdo antarctica palmer antarctica southpole antarctica syowa antarctica vostok arctic longyearbyen asia aden asia almaty asia amman asia anadyr asia aqtau asia aqtobe asia ashgabat asia ashkhabad asia baghdad asia bahrain asia baku asia bangkok asia beirut asia bishkek asia brunei asia calcutta asia chungking asia colombo asia dacca asia damascus asia dhaka asia dili asia dubai asia dushanbe asia gaza asia harbin asia hongkong asia hovd asia irkutsk asia istanbul asia jakarta asia jayapura asia jerusalem asia kabul asia kamchatka asia karachi asia kashgar asia katmandu asia krasnoyarsk asia kualalumpur asia kuching asia kuwait asia macao asia magadan asia manila asia muscat asia nicosia asia novosibirsk asia omsk asia phnompenh asia pyongyang asia qatar asia rangoon asia riyadh asia riyadh87 asia riyadh88 asia riyadh89 asia saigon asia samarkand asia seoul asia shanghai asia singapore asia taipei asia tashkent asia tbilisi asia tehran asia telaviv asia thimbu asia thimphu asia tokyo asia ujungpandang asia ulaanbaatar asia ulanbator asia urumqi asia vientiane asia vladivostok asia yakutsk asia yekaterinburg asia yerevan atlantic azores atlantic bermuda atlantic canary atlantic capeverde atlantic faeroe atlantic janmayen atlantic madeira atlantic southgeorgia atlantic stanley australia act australia adelaide australia brisbane australia brokenhill australia canberra australia darwin australia hobart australia lhi australia lindeman australia lordhowe australia melbourne australia nsw australia north australia perth australia queensland australia south australia sydney australia tasmania australia victoria australia west australia yancowinna europe amsterdam europe andorra europe athens europe belfast europe belgrade europe berlin europe bratislava europe brussels europe bucharest europe budapest europe chisinau europe copenhagen europe dublin europe gibraltar europe helsinki europe istanbul europe kaliningrad europe kiev europe lisbon europe ljubljana europe london europe luxembourg europe madrid europe malta europe minsk europe monaco europe moscow europe nicosia europe oslo europe paris europe prague europe riga europe rome europe samara europe sanmarino europe sarajevo europe simferopol europe skopje europe sofia europe stockholm europe tallinn europe tirane europe tiraspol europe uzhgorod europe vaduz europe vatican europe vienna europe vilnius europe warsaw europe zagreb europe zaporozhye europe zurich indian antananarivo indian chagos indian christmas indian cocos indian comoro indian kerguelen indian mahe indian maldives indian mauritius indian mayotte indian reunion pacific apia pacific auckland pacific chatham pacific easter pacific efate pacific enderbury pacific fakaofo pacific fiji pacific funafuti pacific galapagos pacific gambier pacific guadalcanal pacific guam pacific honolulu pacific johnston pacific kiritimati pacific kosrae pacific kwajalein pacific majuro pacific marquesas pacific midway pacific nauru pacific niue pacific norfolk pacific noumea pacific pagopago pacific palau pacific pitcairn pacific ponape pacific portmoresby pacific rarotonga pacific saipan pacific samoa pacific tahiti pacific tarawa pacific tongatapu pacific truk pacific wake pacific wallis pacific yap pacific frenchpolynesiamarquesasislands utc  ',0),(62,'help',' views date handling custom modules and add their own dates to the list the date api views filter and date api views argument can handle see the following example for the way that core dates have been added implementation of hookdateapifields on behalf of core fields all modules that create custom fields that use the viewshandlerfielddate handler can provide additional information here about the type of date they create so the date can be used by the date api views date argument and date filter function dateapidateapifields field values array the type of date dateunix dateiso datedatetime sqltype dateunix timezone handling options none site date utc tzhandling site needed only for dates that use date tzhandling timezonefield needed only for dates that use date tzhandling offsetfield array of tablefield values for related fields that should be loaded automatically in the views sql relatedfields array granularity of this date field s db data granularity array year month day hour minute second switch field case userscreated case usersaccess case userslogin case nodecreated case nodechanged case noderevisionstimestamp case filestimestamp case nodecountertimestamp case accesslogtimestamp case commentstimestamp case nodecommentstatisticslastcommenttimestamp return values  ',0),(63,'help',' readme the geonames contrib project is a collection of modules to integrate with the webservers and data provided by geonames http wwwgeonamesorg geonames wikipedia search integrate wikipedia results into search creates a new search type wikipedia that includes results from http wwwgeonamesorg export wikipediawebservicehtml wikipediasearch the results provided by the module also include all values from the xml including coordinates and a thumbnail image entry array lang en title stock exchange tower summary at 125 old broad street standing at 103 m 339 feet tall with 26 floors the tower was completed in 1970 it served as the headquarters and offices for the london stock exchange until its departure for new premises in paternoster square in july 2004 face to face trading was conducted on the trading floor of the exchange until it was abolished in favour of electronic trading feature population 0 elevation 0 lat 515144 lng 00867 wikipediaurl http enwikipediaorg wiki stockexchangetower thumbnailimg http wwwgeonamesorg img wikipedia 11000 thumb10323100jpg these could be themed something like include a thumbnail in wikipedia search results provided by geonames wikipediasearchmodule function yourmodulesearchitem item type switch item type case wikipedia add coordinates to the extra information entry item entry item extra array lat entry lat long entry lng add a thumbnail image to the results if entry thumbnailimg imghtml theme image entry thumbnailimg item title item title null false linkhtml l imghtml item link array null null false true item snippet linkhtml item snippet html themesearchitem item type break default html themesearchitem item type break return html  ',0),(64,'help',' readme the geonames contrib project is a collection of modules to integrate with the webservers and data provided by geonames http wwwgeonamesorg geonames wikipedia search integrate wikipedia results into search creates a new search type wikipedia that includes results from http wwwgeonamesorg export wikipediawebservicehtml wikipediasearch the results provided by the module also include all values from the xml including coordinates and a thumbnail image entry array lang en title stock exchange tower summary at 125 old broad street standing at 103 m 339 feet tall with 26 floors the tower was completed in 1970 it served as the headquarters and offices for the london stock exchange until its departure for new premises in paternoster square in july 2004 face to face trading was conducted on the trading floor of the exchange until it was abolished in favour of electronic trading feature population 0 elevation 0 lat 515144 lng 00867 wikipediaurl http enwikipediaorg wiki stockexchangetower thumbnailimg http wwwgeonamesorg img wikipedia 11000 thumb10323100jpg these could be themed something like include a thumbnail in wikipedia search results provided by geonames wikipediasearchmodule function yourmodulesearchitem item type switch item type case wikipedia add coordinates to the extra information entry item entry item extra array lat entry lat long entry lng add a thumbnail image to the results if entry thumbnailimg imghtml theme image entry thumbnailimg item title item title null false linkhtml l imghtml item link array null null false true item snippet linkhtml item snippet html themesearchitem item type break default html themesearchitem item type break return html  ',0),(65,'help',' setting up gmap setting up gmap  ',0),(66,'help',' configuring and using the gmap filter if you would like to use gmap macros directly in nodes you will need to activate the gmap filter on one or more input formats  to add a new input format click the add input format tab and fill in the form to reconfigure an existing format click the configure link for the input format you wish to change on the input formats page if you are using the html filter or another filter that strips or manipulates html content it is highly recommended to keep them above the gmap filter in the filter order when configuring an input format click the rearrange tab to see and change the filter order after adding the gmap filter  you can paste gmap macros into a node and they will turn into maps when viewing the node if you have the gmap macro builder module installed you can easily create a macro suitable for pasting into a node read http drupalorg node 213156 for more information on input formats  ',0),(67,'help',' using gmap from php this documentation is still in flux the gmap api is a simple way to create google maps from a macro or php code it allows other modules to integrate google maps into their drupal site among other things the gmap api can be used by theme developers to integrate google maps into portions of their theme or by developers to insert a map into any block of php concepts baselayer the actual map street map topological map satellite imagery etc that everything is being displayed upon this may also be referred to as the map type gmap macro a gmapspecific textbased representation of a google map overlay a transparent layer drawn on top of the baselayer programming api there are two methods of inserting a google map using the gmap api you may either describe your map with an associative array or you may use a gmap macro introduced in readmetxt gmap macros are appropriate for creating maps via the web interface gmap arrays are more appropriate if you are writing code to generate a complex map macros each attribute of a macro is separated by a and uses an to define that attribute possible attributes are center width height zoom type control align id markers feed line circle polygon and rpolygon see the macrodictionarytxt for an explaination of each of these attributes you can convert a macro into a gmap array with the function gmapparsemacro if you need to parse a macro generated with an old version of gmap where the point format was longitude latitude set version to 1 gmapparsemacro mymacro 1 otherwise you may omit it function gmapparsemacro convert a macro string into a gmap array param macrotext macro to process param version version to treat macro as set to 1 when processing very old macros otherwise leave as is return a gmap array usage macrotext gmap zoom 7 center 419023875391 width 600px height 400px control small type map maparray gmapparsemacro macrotext  gmap array the main map array is quite complex most of the features have a macro equivilent but some of the more powerful constructs do not the map array is processed and converted to a javascript object shapes are parsed by gmapshapesjs and loaded by shapeloaderstaticjs using the gmap array once you build a gmap array you can render it as a map using a theme function provided by gmap anything left out of your gmap array will be filled in with the default map settings which can be changed on the gmap settings page  see gmaparraydictionarytxt for explainations of each of the gmap array options a simple gmap array maparray1 array id mymap id attribute for the map width 100 map width in pixels or height 400px map height in pixels latitude 419023 map center latitude longitude 875391 map center longitude zoom 7 zoom level maptype map baselayer type controltype small size of map controls output1 theme gmap array settings maparray a more elaborate example maparray2 array id example maptype terrain width 400px height 400px latitude 12345 longitude 12345 zoom 4 align left controltype small mtc standard behavior array locpick false nodrag false nokeyboard true overview true scale true markers array array text first marker longitude 393739522204 latitude 815681648254 markername lblue array text second marker longitude 44205835001 latitude 703674316406 markername orange shapes array array type polygon style array 000000 3 25 ffff00 45 points array array 4366787161011749470675048828125 array 4343696596521823700927734375 array 43905808356157469202880859375 array 4451217617107105469796142578125 array 4366787161011749470675048828125 array type circle style array 000000 3 25 ffff00 45 radius 07622248729082767 center array 393739522204 815681648254 feeds array array url http earthquakeusgsgov eqcenter catalogs eqs7daym5xml markername red output2 theme gmap array settings maparray2  ',0),(68,'help',' guide to the map array a gmap array is used to define and render a map inside php code this is useful for things like creating a map based on a database query or doing things that you can t do with a macro defaults for map attributes can be set on the gmap settings page  top level attributes these are all of the by default recognized keys for a map array you usually will only use a subset of them map array  id  map id used to associate a map with other controls  width  map width as a css dimension  height  map height as a css dimension usually px  latitude  map center latitude  longitude  map center longitude  zoom  zoom level  maxzoom  maximum zoom level for autozoom  extent  map bounds  maptype  initial baselayer type  controltype  size of map controls  align  css alignment for map div  mtc  map type control  baselayers  array enabled map baselayers  styles  array shape style definitions  behavior  array various map behavior flags  rmtcallback  remote callback for ahah info windows  markers  array array of markers to place on the map  shapes  array array of shapes to place on the map here is a description of the top level keys of the map array id values identifier string description a unique identifier used to distinguish a map from other maps on the page and as a key to tie controls to a map example mymap notes assign this if you are planning on using external controls with a map one will be automatically assigned if you don t specify an id width values css dimension string description width of map div in valid css dimensions generally pixels or percent example 100  height values css dimension string description height of map div in valid css dimensions generally pixels example 400px notes using a percentage for height will most likely lead to a buggy map google s javascript must be able to determine the actual height of the map div for proper operation latitude values latitude of map center in degrees decimal format float description map center point latitude as a signed float example 3936827914916013 notes cast to float if you are unsure what type your latitude variable is some parts of google maps do not operate correctly if latitude is passed as a string see extent if you wish to provide a bounding rectangle instead longitude values longitude of map center in degrees decimal format float description map center point longitude as a signed float example 815625 notes cast to float if you are unsure what type your latitude variable is some parts of google maps do not operate correctly if latitude is passed as a string see extent if you wish to provide a bounding rectangle instead zoom values 017 integer description initial map zoom level this may be modified after map load by the user autozoom etc example 7 notes 0 is the furthest out zoom level 17 is the closest up zoom level but is subject to change some areas do not have satellite data all the way to 17 you may want to stay zoomed out a few clicks see extent if you wish to provide a bounding rectangle instead maxzoom values 017 integer description sets the maximum level of zoom the autozoom behavior flag will zoom to useful to prevent singlemarker maps from zooming in too far example 7 notes  extent values array array float float array float float description initial bounding box for map the first inner array is the southwest corner the second inner array is the northeast corner all units are degrees decimal make sure to cast coordinate components to float as needed example array array 4319 10406 array 4601 9676 notes setting extent will cause the map to disregard latitude longitude and zoom the actual map extent may vary slightly from the requested extent due to the tiled zoom level based nature of google maps maptype values map satellite hybrid terrain string description initial baselayer of map the set of allowable baselayers can be extended see the gmapextrabaselayers in the gmapaddons project for examples of how to add additional baselayers example map notes the most common values are map and hybrid addon modules that add additional baselayers must use identfiers that won t conflict with other modules the four core maptypes are poorly named due to legacy macros  controltype values none micro small large string description set the pan zoom control type example small notes micro corresponds to gsmallzoomcontrol which only provides zoom control align values right left center string description sets the css alignment of the map div using classes provided by gmapcss example center notes the limited flexibility of align is a holdover from the early days if you need to position a map div more accurately consider using a mapid and targeting the div yourself with css mtc values none standard hier menu string description the map type control widget used to select different baselayers example standard notes standard buttons gmaptypecontrol widget hier buttons dropdown menu ghierarchicalmaptypecontrol widget menu dropdown menu gmenumaptypecontrol widget  baselayers values array string description enabled baselayers example array map satellite hybrid terrain notes the traditional set of baselayers is map satellite hybrid other modules such as gmapextrabaselayers from gmapaddons may provide additional possibilities the example shows the four core baselayers styles values array string array description an array of style names and definitions example array linedefault array 0000ff 54500 polydefault array 000000325 ff000045 green array 00ff00 5 100 notes currently linedefault and polydefault are predefined and apply to lines and filled polygons that do not have style information assigned you can override these two defaults on the map level if you wish see the shape style definition for more information on styles behavior values array string description map behavior flags any that aren t set on the map level will be inherited from the defaults example array autozoom overview notes there are several behavior flags recognized by gmapmodule and other modules may choose to add their own behavior flags as well all behavior flags recognized are documented on the gmap settings page  core behavior flags  locpick puts the map into locpick mode which is used to choose a coordinate using the map nodrag disables map dragging also disables keyboard shortcuts nokeyboard disables the keyboard handler arrow keys etc nomousezoom disables the ability to zoom with the mouse wheel autozoom enables automatic map bounds calculation based on the markers added to the map dynmarkers ensures the marker system is loaded use this if you will be dynamically adding markers to an empty map overview enables the miniature overview map in the bottom right corner collapsehack attempts to work around a resize bug when placing maps inside collapsible fieldsets this does not work in all themes scale adds a map scale legend to the map fatmarkers if enabled on a view this will cause the gmapviews code to serialize the views fields and pass it through the map object this is useful if you wish to use custom marker handling code since you can t currently use map arrays with gmap views only macros there s usually no point in setting it rmtcallback values base url of callback path string description this specifies the location that gmap needs to call the drupal site back at to retrieve the contents of an ahah info window example checkurl url my callback notes each marker can have a rmt parameter that determines what is appended to the path when making the callback this should be used to pass a unique identifier to your callback so you can retrieve the correct data markers values array array description an array of marker arrays to place on the map example array array options array text start longitude 12196 latitude 5813 markername route offset 0 array options array text finish longitude 12196 latitude 58523 markername route offset 1 notes there are three types of overlays you can place on a map markers shapes and feeds each of these classes is represented by a subarray in the gmap array this is not the only way to put markers on the map it is however the easiest way the markers specified here are loaded through the static marker loader you can also set arbitrary keys in the array they will be passed to the javascript side automatically shapes values array array description an array of shapes to place on the map the format of the shape arrays depends on the type example array array type line points array array 0000 0000 first point array 0000 0000 second point array 0000 0000 third point style array 00ff00 5 80 array type polygon points array array 0000 0000 first point array 0000 0000 second point array 0000 0000 third point style array ff0000 5 80 00ff00 60 array type circle center array 0000 0000 center coordinate of the circle radius 100 radius of the circle in kilometers style array style to use array type rpolygon center array 0000 0000 center coordinate of the regular polygon numpoints 4 number of vertices the polygon should have point2 array 0000 0000 one of the vertex coordinates style array style to use array type encodedline points icx ffigvot csnb vo g adqnbp chb a series of points encoded levels bbbbb zoom level for each point encoded numlevels 18 derived from the encoding algorithm zoomfactor 2 derived from the encoding algorithm style array array type encodedpolygon polylines array array points s r fnwcvo zb qha fa e ac rn levels bbbb numlevels 18 zoomfactor 2 style array notes for both encodedline and encodedpolyline  the points levels numlevels and zoomfactor should be generated using the gmappolyutilpolyline  function in gmappolyutilinc  to use this pass an array of points into the function points array array 4190625 8767634 array 4191226 8765643 array 4191021 8765059 array 4190753 8764956 gmapencoding gmappolyutilpolyline points results in array points ayw fbhcvoqd m bxkoc vome levels pgfp numlevels 18 zoomfactor 2  overlays there are three types of overlays you can place on a map by default markers shapes and feeds each of these classes is represented by a subarray in the gmap array addon modules can add more types of overlays markers markers are point features on a map they are placed somewhere on the globe and can optionally be programmed to show an information window when clicked any additional keys values you put in a marker array will be passed to the javascript side automatically this is very useful when writing custom code marker array  latitude  0000 marker latitude  longitude  0000 marker longitude  markername  smileyface name of marker set to use  offset  0 offset in marker set  text  popup text ginfowindow contents  tabs  array tabbed ginfowindow contents  link  http googlecom use marker as hyperlink  rmt  argument to pass for rmt  opts  array use custom gmarkeroptions  options  array misc behavior modifications here is a description of the keys of a marker array latitude values latitude of point in degrees decimal format float description marker latitude as a signed float example 3936827914916013 notes cast to float if you are unsure what type your latitude variable is some parts of google maps do not operate correctly if latitude is passed as a string longitude values longitude of point in degrees decimal format float description marker longitude as a signed float example 815625 notes cast to float if you are unsure what type your latitude variable is some parts of google maps do not operate correctly if latitude is passed as a string markername values the name of the icon set to use string description marker icons are located in the gmap module s markers directory gmap reads the ini files to find available markers example light blue notes some markers have multiple icons use offset to choose which one to show offset values the index of the marker to use integer description for markernames with multiple icons you can choose which one to use example 0 notes the code will automatically wrap around if you simply increment offset every marker you do not need to know how many icons are actually assigned to the marker set text values html or text to show in info window on marker click string description this will set up an info window popup when you click the marker if you specify as a string it will make a regular ginfowindow if you specify as an array it will make a tabbed ginfowindow where the array keys are the tab titles and the array values are the contents of the tabs example point a notes anything put in here will be sent inline to the javascript side so if you are planning on using complex popups you may want to consider using rmt instead tabs values array description tab titles and html or text to show in info window on marker click example array name em united states em currency united states dollar notes anything put in here will be sent inline to the javascript side link values a url to go to when the marker is clicked string description this will program the marker to act like a hyperlink example http googlecom notes it is pointless to specify text or tabs at the same time as link as link causes immediate navigation away from the map rmt values path to append to the rmtcallback string description when using ahah markers this should be set to the identifiers expected by your callback example 150 notes if you need to pass multiple identifiers just seperate them with slashes opts values array description filling out this parameter will allow you to override the gmarkeroptions that a marker is initialized with the icon key is automatically filled in you can t set it here example array bouncy true notes the documentation for gmarkeroptions can be found here  options values array description this is used similar to how behavior works at the map level example array autoclick notes available options autoclick automatically causes a click event on this marker useful when you want to automatically show an info window shapes shapes are the non point features on the map shape array  type   points  array  center  array 00  radius  0  point2  array 00  numpoints  10  style  array  type values circle polygon rpolygon line string description determines how the shape is processed circles and rpolygons are converted into lines with javascript math example circle notes line is drawn as a gpolyline polygon is drawn as a gpolygon circle and rpolygon regular polygon are special cases of polygon  points values array array lat1 lon1 array lat2 lon2 array latn lonn description an array of points defining the shape used by the line and polygon types example array array 44205835001 703674316406 array 443159879052 686096191406 notes each point itself is an array with two elements latitude longitude the different shapes have different requirements with respect to points line must have at least two points it is best to break up long lines into shorter segments because long lines can be buggysometimes beginning and ending points are switched polygon should have at least three points the first and last points should have the same coordinates center values array lat lon description center point of circle or rpolygon  example array 44213 96411 notes  radius values float description the radius of the circle in km only used for the circle type example 100 notes big circles look more like ovals this is due to the mercator projection used by google maps point2 values array lat lon description the coordinate of a vertex on the rim of the rpolygon  only used for the rpolygon type example array 1266 5523 notes changing both the latitude and longitude in respect to the center point will make the polygon rotate  numpoints values integer description sets the number of points used to draw the circle or rpolygon  only used for the circle and rpolygon types example 20 notes don t use a very large number it will slow down the map drawing style values array stroke color stroke weight stroke opacity fill color fill opacity or string description a style array  or a key to the styles array on the map  this is the same format used for the map level styles array example array ff0000 5 80 00ff00 60 notes the elements of this array must be in the specified order stroke and fill colors should be hex color codes without the leading google maps does not accept named colors the stroke weight is the width of the line or polygon border in pixels stroke and fill opacities should be a percentage between 0 and 100 fill color and fill opacity are not used for type line if shapes of type line don t have styles defined the linedefault style will be used shapes of type polygon circle and rpolygon will use polydefalt in previous versions of gmap specifically all drupal 46 and 47 versions opacity was specified as a number between 0 and 1 it is now a number between 0 and 100 on backwards compatibility there were originally more style options but they were dependant on xmaps xmaps is no longer compatible with google maps so these options are now ignored they are pattern text fillcolor fillopacity all except for pattern are now available with different syntax using a map array  map array set up your map array output theme gmap array settings map  ',0),(69,'help',' extending gmap custom markers you can add custom markers to gmap by placing the marker images in the markers  directory and configuring the marker with an ini file you may wish to make your own folder to keep your markers seperate from the builtin markers an ini file defaults defaults the defaults section holds the settings that will be used if they are not specified on the marker shadow the filename of the image to use for the shadow of the marker anchorx 10 anchorx and anchory are the pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of the image anchory 29 to define where the pushpin of the marker is infox 17 infox and infoy are the pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of the image infoy 6 to define where the tail of a poppedup info window points to marker sets mycustom this is the internal name of the new marker type it s used in macros and when placing markers using php code name my custom this is the name that appears in the marker chooser dropdown sequence my1png my2png the list of image files to use specifying multiple filenames will let you have changing images when placing a series of markers the numbers marker is a good example files after creating your ini file be sure to go to the gmap settings page and click the regenerate button gmap hooks  todo  adding behavior flags  todo  javascript handlers  todo gmap uses a custom event system to pass data and events around extending gmap views  todo  ',0),(70,'help',' gmap field overview not entirely sure how to link to the advanced help overall page of a module so the links below may not work overview gmapfield is a cck module that allows a user to input a gmap macro  which creates a google map on the node and allows for the placement of markers from location s   cck configuration create a new cck field of type gmap field  with widget as gmap field text area  check add markers if you want locations to be added to your map check choose marker type if you want the nodeeditor to be able to choose the marker type choose default marker type  of course if you are not displaying markers this field does not matter choose coordinate data source  currently only location not cck location is supported cck allows for default values  you can choose the default value for the gmap macro but the default value for the marker will be overridden by the default marker type  field usage in the node edit form enter a gmap macro into the text area of the widget if you have permission you can choose the marker theming you can theme the markers that are created in the map by default the location theme is used impelemtation of theme hook function themegmapfieldmarkerwindow location null node null return theme location location to override in your templatephp file override gmapfieldmarkerwindow function yourthemegmapfieldmarkerwindow location null node null return some new output  ',0),(71,'help',' readme this module implements various addon overlay support for gmap it extends both the macro and the api interfaces macro add overlay sections into your macro gmap overlay kml http mapgadgetsgooglepagescom ctakml gmap overlay clientsidekml path to filekml gmap overlay georss http slashgeoorg indexrss gmap overlay traffic gmap overlay tile 02 http examplecom 8080 geoserver gwc service gmaps layers topp states zoom z x x y y the part before the first is the overlay type and overlay type options slash delimited which determines the behavior of the overlay the part after the depends on the overlay type kml the remainder is the url of the kml file clientsidekml the remainder is the path to the kml file georss the remainder is the url of the georss file traffic the remainder is ignored you still need to type the though tile the remainder is the url scheme for requesting map tiles x y and z will be replaced with the x y and zoom level overlay type options specified from left to right kml none at the moment clientsidekml none at the moment georss none at the moment traffic none at the moment tile opacity minresolution maxresolution opacity 00 10 or gif default is 10 the layer is assumed to be a png layer unless gif is stated minresolution minimum zoom level for this layer not working at the moment for overlays maxresolution maximum zoom level for this layer not working at the moment for overlays notes on clientsidekml you will need to fetch a third party script and put it in thirdparty see thirdparty readmetxt for more details notes on tile type tile type works with any service which knows how to serve a tiled map using google s tiling setup this is similar to tms but has a different numbering scheme documented at http codegooglecom apis maps documentation overlayshtml googlemapscoordinates tilecache http wwwtilecacheorg and geowebcache http geowebcacheorg are programs capable of providing tiles in this way of the two geowebcache is the easiest to set up from scratch interesting links for tilecache http crschmidtnet blog 311 usingtilecachewithgooglemapsandvirtualearth interesting links for geowebcache http oegeowordpresscom 20080520 the5minuteguidetosettingupgeoserverandgeowebcacheo example urls geowebcache geoserver extension http examplecom 8080 geoserver gwc service gmaps layers topp states zoom z x x y y geowebcache standalone http examplecom 8080 geowebcache gmaps layers topp states zoom z x x y y tilecache http examplecom tilecache 100 googletiles z x y png type google api settings overlay array all overlays are in one numerically indexed array array overlay type determines behavior of overlay type kml for kml and georss the url key is the url of the file url http mapgadgetsgooglepagescom ctakml array overlay type determines behavior of overlay type georss for kml and georss the url key is the url of the file url http slashgeoorg indexrss array overlay type determines behavior of overlay type traffic no options array overlay type determines behavior of overlay type tile options array tileurltemplate http localhost 8080 geoserver gwc service gmaps layers topp states zoom z x x y y ispng true opacity 02 notes georss and kml both use google s ggeoxml interface which autodetects a feed s format so it doesn t matter which you use todo minzoom and maxzoom don t actually do anything zoom limiting is designed for base layers and needs additional show hide code to work with overlays http groupsgooglecom group googlemapsapi browsethread thread a7aeb33781d9c573 http groupsgooglecom group googlemapsapi browsethread thread 555d0ccefad25ec6  ',0),(72,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 13 20080930 211908 bdragon exp this will let you use plt tracks macro extensions track draws a line based on the points in the plt file gmap track red 507 trackplt the part before the is currently not working gmaptracks extensions other parts of map left out for clarity  ',0),(73,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1526 20100909 030434 sun exp summary jquery ui http uijquerycom is a set of cool widgets and effects that developers can use to add some pizazz to their modules this module is moreorless a utility module that should simply be required by other modules that depend on jquery ui being available it doesn t do anything on its own for a full description of the module visit the project page http drupalorg project jqueryui to submit bug reports and feature suggestions or to track changes http drupalorg project issues jqueryui requirements the jquery ui library installation copy the jqueryui module directory to your sites all modules directory so it is located in sites all modules jqueryui download the jquery ui 16 release from http codegooglecom p jqueryui downloads list q 16 put the downloaded archive into the module directory sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui16zip extract the archive this will create the following subdirectory sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui16 rename the subdirectory into jqueryui within the jqueryui module folder sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui so the actual jquery ui javascript files are located in sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui ui js enable the module at administer site building modules jquery ui 17 the jquery ui module uses jquery ui 16 because jquery ui 17 requires at least jquery 13 which is not shipped with drupal 6 if you absolutely need to move to jquery ui 17 you can get around this by doing the following download and install the corresponding jquery update module from http drupalorg project jqueryupdate download the latest jquery ui 17 release from http codegooglecom p jqueryui downloads list q 17 put the downloaded archive into the module directory sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui17zip extract the archive this will create the following subdirectory sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui17 rename the subdirectory into jqueryui within the jqueryui module folder sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui so the actual jquery ui javascript files are located in sites all modules jqueryui jqueryui ui js enable the module at administer site building modules api developers who wish to use jquery ui effects in their modules need only make the following changes in your module s info file add the following line dependencies jqueryui this will force users to have the jquery ui module installed before they can enable your module in your module call the following function jqueryuiadd files for example jqueryuiadd array uidraggable uidroppable uisortable jqueryuiadd uisortable for a single file see the contents of the jqueryuixx subdirectory for a list of available files that may be included and see http uijquerycom docs for details on how to use them the required uicore file is automatically included as is effectscore if you include any effects files contact current maintainers jeff robbins jjeff angela byron webchick addison berry add1sun daniel f kudwien sun http drupalorg user 54136  ',0),(74,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1322 20100603 141708 tmcw exp kml module the kml module provides a views plugin that can format nodes users or any other data source in drupal as a kml feed accessible by google earth or web maps like openlayers and google maps requirements views compatible modules openlayers http drupalorg project openlayers customization kml feeds can be customized thoroughly by overriding theme functions and files in custom themes they cannot however be customized through the drupal ui see theme functions in kmlmodule for reference here adding a preprocess to the kmlplacemark and kmlstyle theme function will allow for behaviors like scaled points and more credits raintonr http drupalorg user 27877 geodan http drupalorg user 37266 rsoden http drupalorg user 226437 tmcw http drupalorg user 12664  ',0),(75,'help',' testing procedure gmap 1x location 3x tester checklist setup from scratch enable modules visit admin settings gmap and configure api key visit admin settings filters and set up a gmap filter visit admin content types and create if desired and locationenable a content type visit admin settings location geocoding and configure geocoding for a country visit admin user settings and configure the location fields section visit admin build block and enable the author map and location map blocks visit admin build block configure gmaplocation 1 and enable the author block for the content type you locationenabled tests 1 gmap macros visit map macro  play with the controls and ensure map responds play with map and ensure controls respond doodle on the map make sure drawing controls work as expected copy macro open another window tab create a node set filter to gmap filter and paste macro save node compare display of map to macro in other window tab tests 2 location user edit your user account add your location ensure geocoding works ensure the data is not lost when going back to edit tests 3 location nodes create a node with locative information ensure author map and location map display as expected advanced section stuff involving special setup or advanced knowledge advanced upgrade path create test site on location 27 perform tasks from setup from scratch section create or import test data install location 3 attempt to perform updates ensure in database that data was properly split off into locationinstance ensure site settings are in a sane state you should not get any misconfigurationrelated warnings errors visually inspect some locations on site advanced nonstandard usage disable gmap and create locative nodes ensure form continues to work in the absence of gmap  ',0),(76,'help',' country api note  this file describes the original country api while the api itself hasn t changed some things have moved in directions not forseen by this documentation for example there is less emphasis today on postal data and more emphasis on geocoding webservices please take this documentation with a grain of salt until it is fully cleaned up and brought up to date locationxxinc adding support for an unsupported country this file is a php programmer s description of what needs to be done in order to extend the location system to support locationes from a new country let s suppose we want to extend the location system to support locationes from belgium to this end there are 2 tasks task 1 we use the lowercase of the country s twoletter iso 3166 code to create a file locationbeinc that defines the necessary functions that will hook into the location system this way when a highlevel function in the public location api receives a call that uses some belgium specific function the call will be delegated to the appropriately named function in locationbeinc task 2 you need postal code data for your country this postal code data needs to be able to connect the baselength postal code eg us postal codes can be 9 digits but we re only interested to the level of 5 digits and most people only know the 5digit version to a city province state country duh and a latitude longitude pair in degrees that represents the approximate center of the postal code s area ultimately you will want to create a database dump that inserts these fields into specific columns zip for postal codes city for city names province for the standard state province country abbreviation country for the lowercase of the country s two letter iso code latitude for the latitude in degree value as opposed to radian value and longitude for the degree value of the longitude in a lot of countries this data costs money you cannot simply create a dump and then publish it on drupalorg unless the data is free to redistribute however if you are interested in buying this data from some vendor and using it on your own site you can do so but may have to acquire a new license for each seperate business or web site for which you wish to use postal code data if in fact you had to pay a fee or license for this data this postalcodetolat lon mapping is important if you want to enable locationbased proximity searches of anykind for addresses in a particular country the module will still work fine without it but will not be able to support searches based on postal codes contents of locationbeinc this file will need to implement a handful of functions with the parameters and return values described below it is possible to not implement all of these functions since the caller usually checks to see if the function exists before calling it but it may limit the number of features the location system will be able to support for your country for an example implementation of the functions described below see supported locationusinc function themelocationbe location hide param location an associative array location where street the street portion of the location additional additional street portion of the location city the city of the location province the province state or territory country lowercased twoletter iso code required postalcode the international postal code for this location required param hide an linear array where the values are the location fields to suppress in the themed display return a string of the themed location the entire location should be enclosed by dl class location dl tags the different lines of the location should be enclosed by dl dl tags the idea is to allow countryspecific files to change the display of an location from the default theming done in themelocation defined in locationinc function locationprovincelistbe returns an associative array where the keys are the alluppercase standard postal abbreviation for provinces territories and like subdivisions the values are the fully spelled names of the abbreviated names preferrably these will be sorted by the full name function locationmaplinkbe location returns a deeplink to an online mapping service eg yahoo maps mapquest or some other preferrably free service given a full partial location in the format described in public api document locationapitxt param location an associative array location where street the street portion of the location additional additional street portion of the location city the city of the location province the province state or territory country lowercased twoletter iso code required postalcode the international postal code for this location required return a url with encoded http get variables to a free onlinemapping service note url not html link null if there is not even enough information to generate even a semiuseful link useful may depend entirely on the mapping service you choose to link to you are advised to experiment usually a city province combination is enough as is a postal code by itself however some services get confused when all fields are supplied some mapping services will be unable to map a city province location while they can t do anything with a postal code while others map postal codes fine but can t do anything useful with a city province pair function locationmaplinkbeproviders returns an array of mapping services to which the generation of deeplinks is supported supported means that the function for that particular mapping service has been defined for example if the locationbeinc file for belgium has functions for taking a location and generating a deeplink to yahoo maps and google this function will return that list in an array that give additional info see locationusinc for an example return an associative array where the keys are single words no spaces that identify a function in the same file for returning a deep link for example yahoo means locationmaplinkbeyahoo google means locationmaplinkbegoogle the values are themselves associative arrays with 3 expected keys name the name of the mapping service in the case of yahoo it would be yahoo maps url the full url of the main page of the mapping service ie the home page tos the full url of the terms of service for the mapping service function locationmaplinkbedefaultproviders returns an array of default mapping services it may happen that the site administrator has not yet made it to the settings page for selecting mapping providers in this case we want to tell the location modules which one to use as defaults to help the site admin avoid being in violation of each mapping services s terms of service we return a linear array whose values are the appropriately selected keys in the array returned the locationmaplinkxxproviders function return a linear array with the oneword nospaced identifiers used to identify the mapping function these should only be for the mapping services with relatively lenient and permissive terms of service important for more information on how to add support for deeplinks you are encouraged to see the examples in modules location supported locationusinc if you need extra help please feel free to submit a question on the issues queue for this project at http drupalorg project issues location replies will be prompt function locationdrivingdirectionslinkbe locationa locationb returns a deeplink to an online mapping service eg yahoo maps mapquest or some other preferrably free service given full partial locationes depending on whether or not the parameter locationes are complete enough for the chosen service this function will return either a deeplink directly to the driving direction or will provide a deeplink to a partially prefilled form for driving directions on the site you choose to link to param locationa an associative array location where street the street portion of the location additional additional street portion of the location city the city of the location province the province state or territory country lowercased twoletter iso code required postalcode the international postal code for this location required param locationb an associative array location where street the street portion of the location additional additional street portion of the location city the city of the location province the province state or territory country lowercased twoletter iso code required postalcode the international postal code for this location required return a url not html link with http get variables tacked on to the end this url either points to a form for driving directions from locationa to locationb or a deeplink directly to the driving directions depending on how complete the locationes are function locationgetpostalcodedatabe location array param location an associative array location where street the street portion of the location additional additional street portion of the location city the city of the location province the province state or territory country lowercased twoletter iso code required postalcode the international postal code for this location required return an associative array where lat a floating point for the latitude of the approximate center of the postalcode in the given location lon a floating point for the longitude of the approximate center of the postal code in the given location city the most appropriate city name for the given postal code in location province the most appropriate province name for the given postal code in location returns null if the postal code doesn t make sense typically this function will pull out the latitude longitude of the approximate center of postal code in the given location parameter as well as other data the reason this can t be implemented at the noncountry specific level in locationinc is that postal codes may be submitted in varying formats of varying precision while postal codes for this country in the database table may all be in a particular format it is up to this country specific function to examine location postalcode and format it appropriately so that it matches with a postal code in the postal codes table this hook is meant to be a replacement for the locationgetlatlonroughxx hook described next function locationlatlonroughbe location array param location an associative array location where street the street portion of the location additional additional street portion of the location city the city of the location province the province state or territory country lowercased twoletter iso code required postalcode the international postal code for this location required return an associative array where lat a floating point for the latitude of the approximate center of the postalcode in the given location lon a floating point for the longitude of the approximate center of the postal code in the given location returns null if the postal code doesn t make sense typically this function will pull out the latitude longitude of the approximate center of postal code in the given location parameter function locationlatlonexactbe location array param location an associative array location where street the street portion of the location additional additional street portion of the location city the city of the location province the province state or territory country lowercased twoletter iso code required postalcode the international postal code for this location required return an associative array where lat a floating point for the latitude of the approximate center of the postalcode in the given location lon a floating point for the longitude of the approximate center of the postal code in the given location returns null if the postal code doesn t make sense typically this function will be implemented on top of a webservice for retrieving exact lat lon information for a full location this function is not a necessity but a sample implementation would be helpful for future users if not it can always be added on a supply and demand basis  ',0),(77,'help',' api variant reference changelog  location 30 and later provide a locationapivariant function to aid in allowing addon modules to support multiple releases even if there are incompatible changes api variant 1 start of api tracking based on location 30 api variant 2 locationdiff renamed to locationcalcdifference because diffmodule was trying to invoke it as a hook before call locationdiff now call locationcalcdifference  ',0),(78,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11728 20100908 113526 strk exp current for 6x20alpha2 description openlayers is a suite of module to help integrate the openlayers javascript library within drupal requirements openlayers requires ctools http drupalorg project ctools submodules require openlayers views requires views http drupalorg project views openlayers cck requires cck http drupalorg project cck openlayers can use features to package maps into modules features http drupalorg project features submodules you ll most likely want to enable openlayers ui and openlayers views modules for typical uses of openlayers openlayers ui creates a user interface to make map arrays which can be used in various places cck allows integration with cck so that geo data can be inputted via a map views allows data to be displayed on a map via views filters creates a filter to replace openlayers presetname with a map basic concepts presets an openlayers map in drupal is a combination of decisions about which layers to show what styles to apply the minimum and maximum zoom levels and how the user can interact with the map a map preset object is where the options for these settings are combined and stored presets can be rendered through openlayers views of the type openlayers map through filters provided by the openlayers filters module or directly in your modules using the api function openlayersrendermap layers openlayers allows for the display of a variety of raster and vector data on maps these are divided into two categories basemaps and overlays basemaps like those from openstreetmap or google maps provide a background for your data overlays can be data from openlayers data views kml layers or other types of data from external sources for more information on layer types see docs layertypestxt styles the openlayers module currently allows users to define custom styles for vector overlays the primary usecase here will be data from openlayers data views but this could also include kml files styles define things like stroke width background and outline colors and point size and allow the use of icons if desired they must be associated with layers on a per preset basis behaviors behaviors can be enabled on map presets to control how users interact with the map examples of behaviors include navigation which when enabled allows users to zoom and pan and layer switcher which provides a ui that allows users to toggle on and off the layers available on the map openlayers views openlayers views come in two varieties the first is a display type called openlayers data this is what allows users to control which pieces of content show up on the map and in what manner each openlayers data view provides a layer that can be added to maps when configuring a preset the second is a style called openlayers map that can be applied to pages blocks attachments and so on and give users an easy way of rendering presets installation 1 normal drupal module installation 2 set openlayers source at admin build openlayers it is suggested to download the library and use it locally for performance 3 a tutorial documentation more documentation is available in the docs directory of this module customizationtxt a cookbook for common customizations users might want to make for performance and tweaking apitxt a technical description of the main mapgenerating api layertypestxt a technical description of how layer types work and guide for implementation of new layer types kmltxt an explanation of how kml support works in openlayers javascripttxt a technical explanation of how the javascript included in the openlayers module not the code in the actual openlayers library operates a tutorial is available on drupalorg http drupalorg node 627816 authors credits zzolo http drupalorg user 147331 phayes http drupalorg user 47098 tmcw http drupalorg user 12664 brynbellomy http drupalorg user 537416 bdragon http drupalorg user 53081 openlayers monster by saman bemel benrud http wwwflickrcom photos samanpwbb strk http drupalorg user 781486  ',0),(79,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1127 20101010 101413 antoniodemarco exp openlayers proximity openlayers proximity enables geographical proximity search for the openlayers module views integration openlayers proximity exposes square filter it gives locations contained within a square derived by a simple latitude longitude comparison less accurate better performance greatcircle filter it uses the greatcircle distance formula to return locations within a circular area more accurate lower performance distance sort criteria used in combination with greatcircle filters it allows to sort nodes by distance from a given location distance field used in combination with greatcircle filters it shows distance from a given location both filters can measure distance from a location or from another node configuration after enabling the module is necessary to build the proximity index table by visiting admin build openlayers proximity this has to be done only the first time since it will index all existing nodes the module will automatically index newly created nodes if you plan to show proximity search results on a map using exposed filers remember to add them in both your openlayers map and openlayers data display more at http drupalorg node 789668 rules integration rules integration http drupalorg project rules gives the possibility to notify nodes that something has happened near them openlayers proximity exposes the notify nodes based on geographic proximity action which in turn triggers the node is notified based on geographic proximity event for all nodes falling into the action s proximity filter possible use cases are notify all authors that a new content has been posted close to their content change node proprieties based on proximity  ',0),(80,'help',' readme  id description this module will create an openlayer layer for each term in an selected vocabulary the features for each layer are rendered by an openlayers data view display that accepts the taxonomy term as an argument configuration create at least one vocabulary create at least one view with at least one openlayers data display configure the vobularies and view display combo you want to create layers from optionally add those layers to a map preset ',0),(81,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11211 20100716 050527 allisterbeharry exp views datasource readme current version 6x10beta2 release notes fixed http drupalorg node 838264 patch by levjj to add doap support to viewsrdf http drupalorg node 844442 views theme overriding now works as it should http drupalorg node 855166 author element is now included in atom doc header http drupalorg node 847716 closing tag of an xml element does not include xmlns or any additional attributes defined on the starting tag upgrade notes to upgrade from the beta1 release you can simply drop in the new files into the modules folder however if you have views that rely on theme overriding you should rescan template files for your view in the view s theme information otherwise if you notice anything screwy or breakage try rescanning template files also about views datasource is a set of plugins for views for rendering node content in a set of shareable reusable data formats based on xml json and xhtml these formats allow content in a drupal site to be easily used as data sources for semantic web clients and web mashups views datasource plugins output content from node lists created in drupal views as 1 xml data documents using schemas like opml and atom 2 rdf xml data documents using vocabularies like foaf sioc and doap 3 json data documents in plain json or in a format like mit simile exhibit 4 xhtml data documents using microformat like hcard and hcalendar the project consists of 4 views style plugins 1 viewsxml output as raw xml opml and atom 2 viewsjson output as simple json and simile exhibit json 3 viewsrdf output as foaf sioc and doap 4 viewsxhtml output as hcard and hcalendar in drupal 6x to use these plugins you should 1 enable the module containing the format you want to render your views as 2 in the views ui set the view style in basic settings to one of i json data document render as simple json or simile exhibit json ii xml data document render as raw xml opml or atom iii rdf data document render as a foaf or sioc or doap rdf xml document iv xhtml data document render as hcard or hcalendar xhtml 3 in the view style options choose the options or vocabulary for your format like raw or the opml or atom vocabulary for xml rendering 4 add the fields to your view that contain the information you want to be pulled into the format renderer all formats will output the fields recognized as belonging to that format and certain formats like atom and sioc require certain fields to be present see below the sioc format requires the fields node nid type title body posted date 5 that s it the rendered view will be visible in the preview and at your view s page displaypath when you create a page display for your view with a unique url no drupal markup is emitted from this page just the data for the particular content type with the proper contenttype http header like text xml or application rdf xml a json data document will render the nodes generated by a view as a serialization of an array of javascript objects with each object s properties corresponding to a view field simple json is just plainvanilla json serialization usable in most apps while simile exhibit json is the serialization format used by the exhibit web app http similemitedu exhibit an xml data document with render the nodes generated by a view as xml the raw xml format creates a root element called nodes and then a node child element for each node in the view with each node s child elements corresponding to a view field opml is a very simple xml schema useful for generating simple lists like lists of tracks in an music playlist atom is a syndication schema with similar intents as rss the following fields will bviewsrdf will render the nodes generated by a view as an rdf xml foaf document with each element corresponding to a node in the view to use just have fields in the view named as their equivalent foaf properties for example to have a or element have a field named name and nick in your view similarly viewsxhtml provides the hcard plugin which will render each node in the xhtml hcard format just have fields corresponding to hcard properties defined in the view for example to create an element inside the root element just have one or more fields in the view containing the text email the foaf and hcard renderers are most useful with view based on user profiles where you can create profile fields corresponding to properties defined in the foaf http xmlnscom foaf spec or hcard http microformatsorg wiki hcardcheatsheet spec however any node type like those created with nodeprofile or bio or advanced profile or content profile can be used in the view it doesn t matter what data table the view is based on only what fields are present in the view options each style has a range of options you can use to customize the output the following options are common to all plugins 1 field output normal or raw this determines if each object in the view is displayed as normally rendered by drupal or as the raw result object raw is useful if you don t want any drupal formatting applied to the view result for example if you have a field with a date and you just want the timestamp value from the database note that both a field s label and content are rendered as raw so xml element or attribute labels will have the internal field name for example instead of body a raw field will have the label noderevisionsbody 2 plaintext output selecting this neans that all html markup will be stripped from the view result this is useful for example if you are generating an xml document from nodes and you just want the plain text content of a node without markup tags mixing with the other xml elements note that you can also escape xml content using cdata sections see below 3 contenttype this determine the contenttype header sent in a page display of a view this header is necessary for most clients consuming data from the view you can use the default contenttype for the particular plugin or choose from alternate types 4 use views api mode by default the plugins stop drupal from doing any additional processing when a view is rendered allowing the content to be output without any additional drupal markup however if you are calling a view programatically then this will hlar your code prematurely the solution contributed by icylake is to use the use views api mode option if you are going to call the view from code this option causes the plugin to not terminate drupal execution the following options are common to the viewsxml and viewsxhtml plugins 1 escape row content as cdata this option escapes all content from the result row using the cdata xml directive this is useful if you want all content markup preserved but kept separate from the other xml tags in the document you will have to instruct your client that the data you are processing is in cdata blocks and different xml processors may handle these blocks differently 2 xml document header this option lets you specify the xml document header which precedes the root xml element if you specify a header here it will override any header generated automatically by the plugin the viewsjson plugin has the following options 1 root object name this specifies the name of the toplevel object in the json object the default is the name of the view base table nodes users etc 2 json data format this specifies the format of the json output either simple plain vanilla json or the json format compatible with the simile exhibit application the viewsxml plugin has the following options 1 xml schema this specifies the xml schema the view will render raw simply renders each view field using the field name as a element attribute label and the field content as the element attribute value opml renders each field as an attributevalue pair in an element the opml schema requires at least one field labelled text or if this is not found it falls back to body or noderevisionsbody the following fields are recommended fallback in brackets type nodetype created published nodecreated post date atom renderes a view using the atom syndication schema you can use this format to create an atom syndication of the content in your view atom requires the following fields to be present fields in bracket indicate what the plugin will fall back to if it can find the explicitly named atom field id nid title nodetitle updated lastupdated updated date changed last updated commented last comment time the following fields are recommended content body nodebody noderevisionsbody link nid a link will be constructed from the drupal path and the nid summary author uid 2 root element name only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies the root xml element in the document all other elements will be children of this element the default is the name of the view base table 3 element output only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies whether the view fields will be output as nested child elements or attributes for example if element output is set to nested then a field labelled title with content foo will be output as foo if element output is set to attributes then this field will be output as title foo for each row element note that the plugin automatically strips invalid xml element and attribute label characters like spaces so a field like post date will become postdate 4 view author this is used by the atom and opml plugins to provide the author of the atom or opml document it can be a valid drupal user name a drupal user uid or any name otherwise the viewsrdf plugin has the following options 1 rdf vocabulary this indicates what rdf vocabulary to use in the document either foaf or sioc or doap foaf friend of a friend is useful for sharing a list of users or people while sioc semanticallyinterlinked online communities project is most useful for describing a set of pages stories blogs or forum posts with comments from different people sioc itself uses foaf to describe the posts and comments from different people doap description of a project is useful for as the name suggests projects see these links for more info http wwwfoafprojectorg http siocprojectorg http tracusefulinccom doap the following fields are recognized when using the foaf vocabulary fallbacks in brackets name firstname surname title nick mbox mail email mboxsha1sum openid workplacehomepage homepage weblog img depiction member phone jabberid msnchatid aimchatid yahoochatid the following fields are required when using the sioc vocabulary id nid created nodecreated post date title type nodetype changed nodechanged updated commented date lastupdated updated date body nodebody noderevisionsbody uid usersuid the following fields are recognized when using the doap vocabulary optional fields in square brackets nid name homepage license shortdesc language repositories developers the viewsxhtml plugin has the following options 1 microformat this specifies the microformat to be rendered hcard is most useful for a list of users or people hcalendar can be used to describe a list of events the following fields are recognized by hcard address type post office box street address extended address region locality postal code country name agent bday class category email honorific prefix given name additional name family name honoric suffix nickname organization name organization unit photo tel the following fields are recognized by hcalendar class category description summary dtstart event start eventstart dtend event end eventend todo proper date handling for each format check for separator in profile fields properly handle grouped multiple values in viewsxhtml et al strict conformance with atom spec recognize when field rewriting rules are used represent multiplevalued fields using nested child elements  ',0),(82,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11211 20100716 050527 allisterbeharry exp views datasource readme current version 6x10beta2 release notes fixed http drupalorg node 838264 patch by levjj to add doap support to viewsrdf http drupalorg node 844442 views theme overriding now works as it should http drupalorg node 855166 author element is now included in atom doc header http drupalorg node 847716 closing tag of an xml element does not include xmlns or any additional attributes defined on the starting tag upgrade notes to upgrade from the beta1 release you can simply drop in the new files into the modules folder however if you have views that rely on theme overriding you should rescan template files for your view in the view s theme information otherwise if you notice anything screwy or breakage try rescanning template files also about views datasource is a set of plugins for views for rendering node content in a set of shareable reusable data formats based on xml json and xhtml these formats allow content in a drupal site to be easily used as data sources for semantic web clients and web mashups views datasource plugins output content from node lists created in drupal views as 1 xml data documents using schemas like opml and atom 2 rdf xml data documents using vocabularies like foaf sioc and doap 3 json data documents in plain json or in a format like mit simile exhibit 4 xhtml data documents using microformat like hcard and hcalendar the project consists of 4 views style plugins 1 viewsxml output as raw xml opml and atom 2 viewsjson output as simple json and simile exhibit json 3 viewsrdf output as foaf sioc and doap 4 viewsxhtml output as hcard and hcalendar in drupal 6x to use these plugins you should 1 enable the module containing the format you want to render your views as 2 in the views ui set the view style in basic settings to one of i json data document render as simple json or simile exhibit json ii xml data document render as raw xml opml or atom iii rdf data document render as a foaf or sioc or doap rdf xml document iv xhtml data document render as hcard or hcalendar xhtml 3 in the view style options choose the options or vocabulary for your format like raw or the opml or atom vocabulary for xml rendering 4 add the fields to your view that contain the information you want to be pulled into the format renderer all formats will output the fields recognized as belonging to that format and certain formats like atom and sioc require certain fields to be present see below the sioc format requires the fields node nid type title body posted date 5 that s it the rendered view will be visible in the preview and at your view s page displaypath when you create a page display for your view with a unique url no drupal markup is emitted from this page just the data for the particular content type with the proper contenttype http header like text xml or application rdf xml a json data document will render the nodes generated by a view as a serialization of an array of javascript objects with each object s properties corresponding to a view field simple json is just plainvanilla json serialization usable in most apps while simile exhibit json is the serialization format used by the exhibit web app http similemitedu exhibit an xml data document with render the nodes generated by a view as xml the raw xml format creates a root element called nodes and then a node child element for each node in the view with each node s child elements corresponding to a view field opml is a very simple xml schema useful for generating simple lists like lists of tracks in an music playlist atom is a syndication schema with similar intents as rss the following fields will bviewsrdf will render the nodes generated by a view as an rdf xml foaf document with each element corresponding to a node in the view to use just have fields in the view named as their equivalent foaf properties for example to have a or element have a field named name and nick in your view similarly viewsxhtml provides the hcard plugin which will render each node in the xhtml hcard format just have fields corresponding to hcard properties defined in the view for example to create an element inside the root element just have one or more fields in the view containing the text email the foaf and hcard renderers are most useful with view based on user profiles where you can create profile fields corresponding to properties defined in the foaf http xmlnscom foaf spec or hcard http microformatsorg wiki hcardcheatsheet spec however any node type like those created with nodeprofile or bio or advanced profile or content profile can be used in the view it doesn t matter what data table the view is based on only what fields are present in the view options each style has a range of options you can use to customize the output the following options are common to all plugins 1 field output normal or raw this determines if each object in the view is displayed as normally rendered by drupal or as the raw result object raw is useful if you don t want any drupal formatting applied to the view result for example if you have a field with a date and you just want the timestamp value from the database note that both a field s label and content are rendered as raw so xml element or attribute labels will have the internal field name for example instead of body a raw field will have the label noderevisionsbody 2 plaintext output selecting this neans that all html markup will be stripped from the view result this is useful for example if you are generating an xml document from nodes and you just want the plain text content of a node without markup tags mixing with the other xml elements note that you can also escape xml content using cdata sections see below 3 contenttype this determine the contenttype header sent in a page display of a view this header is necessary for most clients consuming data from the view you can use the default contenttype for the particular plugin or choose from alternate types 4 use views api mode by default the plugins stop drupal from doing any additional processing when a view is rendered allowing the content to be output without any additional drupal markup however if you are calling a view programatically then this will hlar your code prematurely the solution contributed by icylake is to use the use views api mode option if you are going to call the view from code this option causes the plugin to not terminate drupal execution the following options are common to the viewsxml and viewsxhtml plugins 1 escape row content as cdata this option escapes all content from the result row using the cdata xml directive this is useful if you want all content markup preserved but kept separate from the other xml tags in the document you will have to instruct your client that the data you are processing is in cdata blocks and different xml processors may handle these blocks differently 2 xml document header this option lets you specify the xml document header which precedes the root xml element if you specify a header here it will override any header generated automatically by the plugin the viewsjson plugin has the following options 1 root object name this specifies the name of the toplevel object in the json object the default is the name of the view base table nodes users etc 2 json data format this specifies the format of the json output either simple plain vanilla json or the json format compatible with the simile exhibit application the viewsxml plugin has the following options 1 xml schema this specifies the xml schema the view will render raw simply renders each view field using the field name as a element attribute label and the field content as the element attribute value opml renders each field as an attributevalue pair in an element the opml schema requires at least one field labelled text or if this is not found it falls back to body or noderevisionsbody the following fields are recommended fallback in brackets type nodetype created published nodecreated post date atom renderes a view using the atom syndication schema you can use this format to create an atom syndication of the content in your view atom requires the following fields to be present fields in bracket indicate what the plugin will fall back to if it can find the explicitly named atom field id nid title nodetitle updated lastupdated updated date changed last updated commented last comment time the following fields are recommended content body nodebody noderevisionsbody link nid a link will be constructed from the drupal path and the nid summary author uid 2 root element name only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies the root xml element in the document all other elements will be children of this element the default is the name of the view base table 3 element output only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies whether the view fields will be output as nested child elements or attributes for example if element output is set to nested then a field labelled title with content foo will be output as foo if element output is set to attributes then this field will be output as title foo for each row element note that the plugin automatically strips invalid xml element and attribute label characters like spaces so a field like post date will become postdate 4 view author this is used by the atom and opml plugins to provide the author of the atom or opml document it can be a valid drupal user name a drupal user uid or any name otherwise the viewsrdf plugin has the following options 1 rdf vocabulary this indicates what rdf vocabulary to use in the document either foaf or sioc or doap foaf friend of a friend is useful for sharing a list of users or people while sioc semanticallyinterlinked online communities project is most useful for describing a set of pages stories blogs or forum posts with comments from different people sioc itself uses foaf to describe the posts and comments from different people doap description of a project is useful for as the name suggests projects see these links for more info http wwwfoafprojectorg http siocprojectorg http tracusefulinccom doap the following fields are recognized when using the foaf vocabulary fallbacks in brackets name firstname surname title nick mbox mail email mboxsha1sum openid workplacehomepage homepage weblog img depiction member phone jabberid msnchatid aimchatid yahoochatid the following fields are required when using the sioc vocabulary id nid created nodecreated post date title type nodetype changed nodechanged updated commented date lastupdated updated date body nodebody noderevisionsbody uid usersuid the following fields are recognized when using the doap vocabulary optional fields in square brackets nid name homepage license shortdesc language repositories developers the viewsxhtml plugin has the following options 1 microformat this specifies the microformat to be rendered hcard is most useful for a list of users or people hcalendar can be used to describe a list of events the following fields are recognized by hcard address type post office box street address extended address region locality postal code country name agent bday class category email honorific prefix given name additional name family name honoric suffix nickname organization name organization unit photo tel the following fields are recognized by hcalendar class category description summary dtstart event start eventstart dtend event end eventend todo proper date handling for each format check for separator in profile fields properly handle grouped multiple values in viewsxhtml et al strict conformance with atom spec recognize when field rewriting rules are used represent multiplevalued fields using nested child elements  ',0),(83,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11211 20100716 050527 allisterbeharry exp views datasource readme current version 6x10beta2 release notes fixed http drupalorg node 838264 patch by levjj to add doap support to viewsrdf http drupalorg node 844442 views theme overriding now works as it should http drupalorg node 855166 author element is now included in atom doc header http drupalorg node 847716 closing tag of an xml element does not include xmlns or any additional attributes defined on the starting tag upgrade notes to upgrade from the beta1 release you can simply drop in the new files into the modules folder however if you have views that rely on theme overriding you should rescan template files for your view in the view s theme information otherwise if you notice anything screwy or breakage try rescanning template files also about views datasource is a set of plugins for views for rendering node content in a set of shareable reusable data formats based on xml json and xhtml these formats allow content in a drupal site to be easily used as data sources for semantic web clients and web mashups views datasource plugins output content from node lists created in drupal views as 1 xml data documents using schemas like opml and atom 2 rdf xml data documents using vocabularies like foaf sioc and doap 3 json data documents in plain json or in a format like mit simile exhibit 4 xhtml data documents using microformat like hcard and hcalendar the project consists of 4 views style plugins 1 viewsxml output as raw xml opml and atom 2 viewsjson output as simple json and simile exhibit json 3 viewsrdf output as foaf sioc and doap 4 viewsxhtml output as hcard and hcalendar in drupal 6x to use these plugins you should 1 enable the module containing the format you want to render your views as 2 in the views ui set the view style in basic settings to one of i json data document render as simple json or simile exhibit json ii xml data document render as raw xml opml or atom iii rdf data document render as a foaf or sioc or doap rdf xml document iv xhtml data document render as hcard or hcalendar xhtml 3 in the view style options choose the options or vocabulary for your format like raw or the opml or atom vocabulary for xml rendering 4 add the fields to your view that contain the information you want to be pulled into the format renderer all formats will output the fields recognized as belonging to that format and certain formats like atom and sioc require certain fields to be present see below the sioc format requires the fields node nid type title body posted date 5 that s it the rendered view will be visible in the preview and at your view s page displaypath when you create a page display for your view with a unique url no drupal markup is emitted from this page just the data for the particular content type with the proper contenttype http header like text xml or application rdf xml a json data document will render the nodes generated by a view as a serialization of an array of javascript objects with each object s properties corresponding to a view field simple json is just plainvanilla json serialization usable in most apps while simile exhibit json is the serialization format used by the exhibit web app http similemitedu exhibit an xml data document with render the nodes generated by a view as xml the raw xml format creates a root element called nodes and then a node child element for each node in the view with each node s child elements corresponding to a view field opml is a very simple xml schema useful for generating simple lists like lists of tracks in an music playlist atom is a syndication schema with similar intents as rss the following fields will bviewsrdf will render the nodes generated by a view as an rdf xml foaf document with each element corresponding to a node in the view to use just have fields in the view named as their equivalent foaf properties for example to have a or element have a field named name and nick in your view similarly viewsxhtml provides the hcard plugin which will render each node in the xhtml hcard format just have fields corresponding to hcard properties defined in the view for example to create an element inside the root element just have one or more fields in the view containing the text email the foaf and hcard renderers are most useful with view based on user profiles where you can create profile fields corresponding to properties defined in the foaf http xmlnscom foaf spec or hcard http microformatsorg wiki hcardcheatsheet spec however any node type like those created with nodeprofile or bio or advanced profile or content profile can be used in the view it doesn t matter what data table the view is based on only what fields are present in the view options each style has a range of options you can use to customize the output the following options are common to all plugins 1 field output normal or raw this determines if each object in the view is displayed as normally rendered by drupal or as the raw result object raw is useful if you don t want any drupal formatting applied to the view result for example if you have a field with a date and you just want the timestamp value from the database note that both a field s label and content are rendered as raw so xml element or attribute labels will have the internal field name for example instead of body a raw field will have the label noderevisionsbody 2 plaintext output selecting this neans that all html markup will be stripped from the view result this is useful for example if you are generating an xml document from nodes and you just want the plain text content of a node without markup tags mixing with the other xml elements note that you can also escape xml content using cdata sections see below 3 contenttype this determine the contenttype header sent in a page display of a view this header is necessary for most clients consuming data from the view you can use the default contenttype for the particular plugin or choose from alternate types 4 use views api mode by default the plugins stop drupal from doing any additional processing when a view is rendered allowing the content to be output without any additional drupal markup however if you are calling a view programatically then this will hlar your code prematurely the solution contributed by icylake is to use the use views api mode option if you are going to call the view from code this option causes the plugin to not terminate drupal execution the following options are common to the viewsxml and viewsxhtml plugins 1 escape row content as cdata this option escapes all content from the result row using the cdata xml directive this is useful if you want all content markup preserved but kept separate from the other xml tags in the document you will have to instruct your client that the data you are processing is in cdata blocks and different xml processors may handle these blocks differently 2 xml document header this option lets you specify the xml document header which precedes the root xml element if you specify a header here it will override any header generated automatically by the plugin the viewsjson plugin has the following options 1 root object name this specifies the name of the toplevel object in the json object the default is the name of the view base table nodes users etc 2 json data format this specifies the format of the json output either simple plain vanilla json or the json format compatible with the simile exhibit application the viewsxml plugin has the following options 1 xml schema this specifies the xml schema the view will render raw simply renders each view field using the field name as a element attribute label and the field content as the element attribute value opml renders each field as an attributevalue pair in an element the opml schema requires at least one field labelled text or if this is not found it falls back to body or noderevisionsbody the following fields are recommended fallback in brackets type nodetype created published nodecreated post date atom renderes a view using the atom syndication schema you can use this format to create an atom syndication of the content in your view atom requires the following fields to be present fields in bracket indicate what the plugin will fall back to if it can find the explicitly named atom field id nid title nodetitle updated lastupdated updated date changed last updated commented last comment time the following fields are recommended content body nodebody noderevisionsbody link nid a link will be constructed from the drupal path and the nid summary author uid 2 root element name only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies the root xml element in the document all other elements will be children of this element the default is the name of the view base table 3 element output only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies whether the view fields will be output as nested child elements or attributes for example if element output is set to nested then a field labelled title with content foo will be output as foo if element output is set to attributes then this field will be output as title foo for each row element note that the plugin automatically strips invalid xml element and attribute label characters like spaces so a field like post date will become postdate 4 view author this is used by the atom and opml plugins to provide the author of the atom or opml document it can be a valid drupal user name a drupal user uid or any name otherwise the viewsrdf plugin has the following options 1 rdf vocabulary this indicates what rdf vocabulary to use in the document either foaf or sioc or doap foaf friend of a friend is useful for sharing a list of users or people while sioc semanticallyinterlinked online communities project is most useful for describing a set of pages stories blogs or forum posts with comments from different people sioc itself uses foaf to describe the posts and comments from different people doap description of a project is useful for as the name suggests projects see these links for more info http wwwfoafprojectorg http siocprojectorg http tracusefulinccom doap the following fields are recognized when using the foaf vocabulary fallbacks in brackets name firstname surname title nick mbox mail email mboxsha1sum openid workplacehomepage homepage weblog img depiction member phone jabberid msnchatid aimchatid yahoochatid the following fields are required when using the sioc vocabulary id nid created nodecreated post date title type nodetype changed nodechanged updated commented date lastupdated updated date body nodebody noderevisionsbody uid usersuid the following fields are recognized when using the doap vocabulary optional fields in square brackets nid name homepage license shortdesc language repositories developers the viewsxhtml plugin has the following options 1 microformat this specifies the microformat to be rendered hcard is most useful for a list of users or people hcalendar can be used to describe a list of events the following fields are recognized by hcard address type post office box street address extended address region locality postal code country name agent bday class category email honorific prefix given name additional name family name honoric suffix nickname organization name organization unit photo tel the following fields are recognized by hcalendar class category description summary dtstart event start eventstart dtend event end eventend todo proper date handling for each format check for separator in profile fields properly handle grouped multiple values in viewsxhtml et al strict conformance with atom spec recognize when field rewriting rules are used represent multiplevalued fields using nested child elements  ',0),(84,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11211 20100716 050527 allisterbeharry exp views datasource readme current version 6x10beta2 release notes fixed http drupalorg node 838264 patch by levjj to add doap support to viewsrdf http drupalorg node 844442 views theme overriding now works as it should http drupalorg node 855166 author element is now included in atom doc header http drupalorg node 847716 closing tag of an xml element does not include xmlns or any additional attributes defined on the starting tag upgrade notes to upgrade from the beta1 release you can simply drop in the new files into the modules folder however if you have views that rely on theme overriding you should rescan template files for your view in the view s theme information otherwise if you notice anything screwy or breakage try rescanning template files also about views datasource is a set of plugins for views for rendering node content in a set of shareable reusable data formats based on xml json and xhtml these formats allow content in a drupal site to be easily used as data sources for semantic web clients and web mashups views datasource plugins output content from node lists created in drupal views as 1 xml data documents using schemas like opml and atom 2 rdf xml data documents using vocabularies like foaf sioc and doap 3 json data documents in plain json or in a format like mit simile exhibit 4 xhtml data documents using microformat like hcard and hcalendar the project consists of 4 views style plugins 1 viewsxml output as raw xml opml and atom 2 viewsjson output as simple json and simile exhibit json 3 viewsrdf output as foaf sioc and doap 4 viewsxhtml output as hcard and hcalendar in drupal 6x to use these plugins you should 1 enable the module containing the format you want to render your views as 2 in the views ui set the view style in basic settings to one of i json data document render as simple json or simile exhibit json ii xml data document render as raw xml opml or atom iii rdf data document render as a foaf or sioc or doap rdf xml document iv xhtml data document render as hcard or hcalendar xhtml 3 in the view style options choose the options or vocabulary for your format like raw or the opml or atom vocabulary for xml rendering 4 add the fields to your view that contain the information you want to be pulled into the format renderer all formats will output the fields recognized as belonging to that format and certain formats like atom and sioc require certain fields to be present see below the sioc format requires the fields node nid type title body posted date 5 that s it the rendered view will be visible in the preview and at your view s page displaypath when you create a page display for your view with a unique url no drupal markup is emitted from this page just the data for the particular content type with the proper contenttype http header like text xml or application rdf xml a json data document will render the nodes generated by a view as a serialization of an array of javascript objects with each object s properties corresponding to a view field simple json is just plainvanilla json serialization usable in most apps while simile exhibit json is the serialization format used by the exhibit web app http similemitedu exhibit an xml data document with render the nodes generated by a view as xml the raw xml format creates a root element called nodes and then a node child element for each node in the view with each node s child elements corresponding to a view field opml is a very simple xml schema useful for generating simple lists like lists of tracks in an music playlist atom is a syndication schema with similar intents as rss the following fields will bviewsrdf will render the nodes generated by a view as an rdf xml foaf document with each element corresponding to a node in the view to use just have fields in the view named as their equivalent foaf properties for example to have a or element have a field named name and nick in your view similarly viewsxhtml provides the hcard plugin which will render each node in the xhtml hcard format just have fields corresponding to hcard properties defined in the view for example to create an element inside the root element just have one or more fields in the view containing the text email the foaf and hcard renderers are most useful with view based on user profiles where you can create profile fields corresponding to properties defined in the foaf http xmlnscom foaf spec or hcard http microformatsorg wiki hcardcheatsheet spec however any node type like those created with nodeprofile or bio or advanced profile or content profile can be used in the view it doesn t matter what data table the view is based on only what fields are present in the view options each style has a range of options you can use to customize the output the following options are common to all plugins 1 field output normal or raw this determines if each object in the view is displayed as normally rendered by drupal or as the raw result object raw is useful if you don t want any drupal formatting applied to the view result for example if you have a field with a date and you just want the timestamp value from the database note that both a field s label and content are rendered as raw so xml element or attribute labels will have the internal field name for example instead of body a raw field will have the label noderevisionsbody 2 plaintext output selecting this neans that all html markup will be stripped from the view result this is useful for example if you are generating an xml document from nodes and you just want the plain text content of a node without markup tags mixing with the other xml elements note that you can also escape xml content using cdata sections see below 3 contenttype this determine the contenttype header sent in a page display of a view this header is necessary for most clients consuming data from the view you can use the default contenttype for the particular plugin or choose from alternate types 4 use views api mode by default the plugins stop drupal from doing any additional processing when a view is rendered allowing the content to be output without any additional drupal markup however if you are calling a view programatically then this will hlar your code prematurely the solution contributed by icylake is to use the use views api mode option if you are going to call the view from code this option causes the plugin to not terminate drupal execution the following options are common to the viewsxml and viewsxhtml plugins 1 escape row content as cdata this option escapes all content from the result row using the cdata xml directive this is useful if you want all content markup preserved but kept separate from the other xml tags in the document you will have to instruct your client that the data you are processing is in cdata blocks and different xml processors may handle these blocks differently 2 xml document header this option lets you specify the xml document header which precedes the root xml element if you specify a header here it will override any header generated automatically by the plugin the viewsjson plugin has the following options 1 root object name this specifies the name of the toplevel object in the json object the default is the name of the view base table nodes users etc 2 json data format this specifies the format of the json output either simple plain vanilla json or the json format compatible with the simile exhibit application the viewsxml plugin has the following options 1 xml schema this specifies the xml schema the view will render raw simply renders each view field using the field name as a element attribute label and the field content as the element attribute value opml renders each field as an attributevalue pair in an element the opml schema requires at least one field labelled text or if this is not found it falls back to body or noderevisionsbody the following fields are recommended fallback in brackets type nodetype created published nodecreated post date atom renderes a view using the atom syndication schema you can use this format to create an atom syndication of the content in your view atom requires the following fields to be present fields in bracket indicate what the plugin will fall back to if it can find the explicitly named atom field id nid title nodetitle updated lastupdated updated date changed last updated commented last comment time the following fields are recommended content body nodebody noderevisionsbody link nid a link will be constructed from the drupal path and the nid summary author uid 2 root element name only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies the root xml element in the document all other elements will be children of this element the default is the name of the view base table 3 element output only applies to the raw xml schema this specifies whether the view fields will be output as nested child elements or attributes for example if element output is set to nested then a field labelled title with content foo will be output as foo if element output is set to attributes then this field will be output as title foo for each row element note that the plugin automatically strips invalid xml element and attribute label characters like spaces so a field like post date will become postdate 4 view author this is used by the atom and opml plugins to provide the author of the atom or opml document it can be a valid drupal user name a drupal user uid or any name otherwise the viewsrdf plugin has the following options 1 rdf vocabulary this indicates what rdf vocabulary to use in the document either foaf or sioc or doap foaf friend of a friend is useful for sharing a list of users or people while sioc semanticallyinterlinked online communities project is most useful for describing a set of pages stories blogs or forum posts with comments from different people sioc itself uses foaf to describe the posts and comments from different people doap description of a project is useful for as the name suggests projects see these links for more info http wwwfoafprojectorg http siocprojectorg http tracusefulinccom doap the following fields are recognized when using the foaf vocabulary fallbacks in brackets name firstname surname title nick mbox mail email mboxsha1sum openid workplacehomepage homepage weblog img depiction member phone jabberid msnchatid aimchatid yahoochatid the following fields are required when using the sioc vocabulary id nid created nodecreated post date title type nodetype changed nodechanged updated commented date lastupdated updated date body nodebody noderevisionsbody uid usersuid the following fields are recognized when using the doap vocabulary optional fields in square brackets nid name homepage license shortdesc language repositories developers the viewsxhtml plugin has the following options 1 microformat this specifies the microformat to be rendered hcard is most useful for a list of users or people hcalendar can be used to describe a list of events the following fields are recognized by hcard address type post office box street address extended address region locality postal code country name agent bday class category email honorific prefix given name additional name family name honoric suffix nickname organization name organization unit photo tel the following fields are recognized by hcalendar class category description summary dtstart event start eventstart dtend event end eventend todo proper date handling for each format check for separator in profile fields properly handle grouped multiple values in viewsxhtml et al strict conformance with atom spec recognize when field rewriting rules are used represent multiplevalued fields using nested child elements  ',0),(85,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1126 20101231 121002 stborchert exp this module provides basic rules integration for webform requirements you need the following modules for a working feature webform http drupalorg project webform note be sure to install at version 6x3x or above rules http drupalorg project rules optional token http drupalorg project token installation copy the module files to you module directory and then enable it on the admin modules page after that you ll see two new events in the listing while creating a new rule usage using the submitted data in a rule is easy as you can access it either via php or using tokens after installing the tokenmodule php each rule reacting on an event thrown by webform rules gets 3 arguments to work with user the user object of the acting user the one who submitted the webform node the webform itself data the submitted webform data and the submission id to get the submission id use the components of the webform are stored using this structure array formkey array value submitted value component webform component given this structure you can access the value of a component called email with warning this is raw user input make sure to run this through checkplain before using it note some components for example grid return arrays so value isn t a simple string always modifying submitted data data is capable of intelligent saving meaning you can modify the submitted webform data with a rule and save it back to the submission to do so you ll need to assign the new value to the component and return the data with return array data data example guessing you have components called email and workdays set email to info examplecom by default data components email value info examplecom set workdays from tuesday to thursday by default component workdays is a set of checkboxes in this example data components workdays value array tuesday wednesday thursday token there are 8 predefined tokens for the webform data data data this one prints out all data submitted by the webform in the following format formkey label value data dataraw this one does exactly the same as data data with the difference to not clean up the values using checkplain data component title this is a dynamic token component is a placeholder for the components form key machine readable name example your webform has a component with the form key email so you would write data emailtitle to use the title label of this field data component value same as data component title but it returns the value instead of the title data component valuehtml this one does exactly the same as data component value with the difference that its output will be rendered as html data component valueraw this one does exactly the same as data component value with the difference to not clean up the value using checkplain this is raw user input so take care if you use this somewhere else data component display returns a combination of data component title and data component value done by module webform data component displayhtml this one does exactly the same as data component display with the difference that its output will be rendered as html condition webform rules adds a new condition to the rules configuration with this condition you can tell rules to react only on one specific webform by selecting its title author stefan borchert http drupalorg user 36942 http wwwundpaulde  ',0),(86,'help',' overview calendar 20 for drupal 6 calendar 20 for drupal 6 entailed a complete rewrite in order work with views 2 there are a lot of changes from earlier versions so i strongly suggest you start with the default calendar view provided and add and edit it to get the results you want  ',0),(87,'help',' getting started create a new calendar by enabling the default calendar view and changing it to use whatever date you want in your calendar you can create multiple calendars by cloning the default calendar view as many times as necessary the calendar uses the generic date argument  this argument has an option to select one or more views date fields to filter on automatically adds them to the view and then filters the view by the value of the selected field s this argument can be used on any view not just calendar views unlike previous versions of the calendar module there is just a single argument instead of year month and day arguments the argument value will be yyyymmdd for a day yyyymm for a month yyyy for a year and yyyyw99 for a week there is a default option to set the argument to the current date when the argument is empty a calendar display creates calendar navigation and links to multiple displays for the year month day or week views the actual displays are created by attaching calendar views that use whatever styles are desired for those pages calendar views are attachments  note 1  to create the year month day and week displays they can be set to use any style either a calendar style or any other views style like teasers or lists they can each have their own fields and formatting they must be attached to the main calendar page or to a calendar block if you don t want to have a link to a week display just remove the week display from the view ditto for any other displays you don t want to use the links will automatically disappear for any displays that are not defined in the view a calendar block will create a calendar block for the view results this block requires the calendar argument to do its work and uses one of the year month day or week calendar view attachments created above earlier versions required that you add the date field to the fields section of the view but this version does not require that add the field to the view if you want it displayed in the results otherwise you can leave it out the calendar no longer overwrites normal formatting for that field it will be displayed however you set it up in the view there are templates for the top of the calendar the links and navigation the year month day and week displays and the individual month week and day nodes so you can easily style them  ',0),(88,'help',' settings calendar settings are now all done in the view instead of on a separate settings page in the administration area see the screenshots below for the place to edit the legend colors  ',0),(89,'help',' attachments views 2 lets you combine a number of displays together in one view including potentially more than one page display each page display can be a regular page display with its own url or an attachment to another display attachments are basically one or more views that all appear at the same url of the page they are attached to one after the other so the calendar now creates one display that creates the back next navigation and attaches to it a year month week or day display with the calendar for the right period  ',0),(90,'help',' embedding views embedding views embed a date browser or calendar view anywhere using the format dateembedview viewname displayname settings args settings are used to override some values of the view the primary setting that is useful here is a setting for blockidentifier the view s blockidentifier is used to control individual instances of regular and embedded views that contain date navigation so that they move separately or together all views that use the same identifier will move together all views that use different identifiers will move independently the identifier will show up in the url as a querystring like node 275 mini calendar 200810 page views use no block identifier the normal identifier of the block view is mini  examples   php print dateembedview calendar calendar1 this will embed the default page view of the calendar using the regular calendar defaults php print dateembedview calendar calendar1 array blockidentifer embedded array 2008w45 this will embed the page view of the calendar that will use embedded as an identifier set to show the week view for week 45 of 2008 php print dateembedview calendar calendarblock1 array blockidentifier mini array 200807 this will embed the block view of the calendar that will use mini as an identifier set to show the month view for july 2008  ',0),(91,'help',' ical the calendar module can take advantage of the ical standard to either export or import ical feeds ',0),(92,'help',' ical export if the calendar ical module is enabled the default calendar view will include an ical display that you can use to create ical exports of your calendar to use the ical export look for the ical display in the calendar the default ical feed uses a date filter set to show events greater to or equal to now find the date filter on the ical display and change it to use the date s used in the calendar then attach the ical feed to the calendar page and or the calendar block  ',0),(93,'help',' ical import to import nodes from an ical feed follow the ical import instructions after importing the imported nodes now exist as regular date fields that can be added to your calendar  ',0),(94,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1161 20090419 213124 greggles exp description token module provides a centralized api for text substitution unless you re installing another drupal module that requires it this software is probably unnecessary for more information on tokens see http groupsdrupalorg tokens benefits if you re a drupal developer check out apitxt for detailed instructions on using the token api it allows every module to announce the placeholder tokens they can handle uses simple caching to prevent duplicated work in a given pageview and is pretty lightweight it s nice you ll like it tokenstarter want to add your own custom tokens to a site not sure how to write a module worry no more it s now quite easy 1 copy and rename the tokenstarterinfo and tokenstartermodule replacing every instance of starter with a descriptive appropriate word 2 edit the module file and change hooktokenlist and hooktokenvalues to provide whatever additional tokens or logic your site needs 3 enable the module and enjoy you should also want to read the apitxt ',0),(95,'help',' what is views  the views module allows administrators and site designers to create manage and display lists of content each list managed by the views module is known as a view and the output of a view is known as a display displays are provided in either block or page form and a single view may have multiple displays optional navigation aids including a system path and menu item can be set for each pagebased display of a view by default views may be created that list content a node view type content revisions a node revisions view type or users a user view type a view may be restricted to members of specific user roles and may be added edited or deleted at the views administration page the building block design of the views system provides power and flexibility allowing parameters to be specified only when needed while an advanced view may use all of available parameters to create complex and highly interactive applications a simple content listing may specify only a few options all views rely on a conceptual framework that includes  fields  or the individual pieces of data being displayed adding the fields node title   node type  and node post date to a node view for example includes the title content type and creation date in the displayed results relationships  or information about how data elements relate to one another if relationship data is available like that provided by a cck nodereference field items from a related node may be included in the view arguments  or additional parameters that dynamically refine the view results passed as part of the path adding an argument of node type to a node view with a path of content for example dynamically filters the displayed items by content type in this example shown with clean urls enabled accessing the view through the path  http wwwexamplecom content page  displays all posts of the type page the path  http wwwexamplecom content story  displays all posts of the type story and  http wwwexamplecom content  displays all posts regardless of type  sort criteria  which determine the order of items displayed in the view results adding the sort criteria node post date  in descending order to a node view  for example sorts the displayed posts in descending order by creation date filters  which limit items displayed in the results adding the filter node published  and setting it equal to published to a node view for example prevents unpublished items from being displayed displays  which control where the output will be seen every view has a default display which doesn t actually display the view anywhere but is used to hold the default settings for the view and is used when the view is called programmatically if another display is not specified much more useful to users are the page display which gives a view a path and allows it to be the primary content of a page or the block display which allows it to appear as secondary content on other pages header  which allow you to add by default one or more text area above the views output footer  which allow you to add by default one or more text area beneath the views output the emtpy text content will be displayed when you choose in the arguments section action to take if argument is not present the option display empty text parallels between the components in the views interface and an sql query sql query views component select ntitle uname fields from node n base table view type inner join users u on nuid uuid relationship where nstatus 1 filter and uuid arg 1 argument order by nchanged desc sort  ',0),(96,'help',' getting started module developers the views api help pages can be found here  new users for those new to views it can be a complex system that appears totally overwhelming the good news is that the ui is designed to compartmentalize everything this means that for the most part you can ignore the parts you re not interested in start small and build your way up because of this the edit ui can seem overwhelming at first but there are really just a few things you have to know the rest you can find through exploration the views edit ui image below gives an overview of what you ll find on the edit ui the views edit ui notes 1 every view has a number of displays which represent where output will be placed if you re familiar with the original views 1 you could set a view to be a page with a url path or a block that could show up in a sidebar with views 2 you can add as many displays as you like in addition you have the default display which contains the basic settings but doesn t actually show up anywhere 2 when you click on the link for an item a form will open up for browsers with smaller resolutions you may have to scroll down a little to see this form if a form is open the item its attached to will be highlighted 3  overrides mean that a particular display is not using default settings when you create a new display many of its settings will start off using default values this will be indicated by italics and a lighter color if you change these values without first overriding them you will change the default value for all displays that use them 4 some items particularly styles have additional settings ordinarily when you update a style if it has additional settings you will automatically see that form next often you will need to go directly to those settings 5 you can safely leave a view page to go and do other things if you come back the view will still be there stored in a cache keep in mind however that while you do this that view is locked  meaning another user cannot edit this view without breaking the lock breaking the lock will discard your changes 6 don t forget permissions views installs with two default permissions users with access all views permissions will have access to all views users with administer views permissions will be able to edit and change views if you are trying to restrict access based on role make sure that the role does not have access all views checked it helps to have something particular in mind that you want to accomplish when using views here are a couple of ideas and a brief sketch of how to accomplish what you want  ',0),(97,'help',' create a page to list users by role in this example you will create a page view listing users on your site through this stepbystep process you will become familiar with some basic steps in creating a view and familiarize yourself with the views user interface creating a new view go to add new view  give your new view the name userlist description a simple user listing tag users type user and click next  about the interface you have been brought to the views user interface as you start you are editing the default options for the view in the 1st column on the left you can see the dropdown menu offers block for example to select settings specific only to block views in the remaining columns you will be able to add or change options by clicking on links or icons these options will then appear below this main area most likely you will need to scroll to see the options appear as you make changes these options will appear in bold until you save your view creating a page display choosing a url and creating a menu link in the 1st column ensure that page is selected in the dropdown menu and click add display  next we ll define the path for this page a page must have a path and we define it early so that views doesn t warn us display page uses path but path is undefined locate the page settings in the 2nd column and click the none link next to the path setting in the options editing area that appears below set the path to userlist or something else if you prefer and click update  next to menu setting click the no menu link in the options which appear below select normal menu entry  and set the title to user list and click update  scroll up to basic settings  in that same 2nd column and click the no link next to use pager  below in the options select full pager and click update default display  selecting the fields to display in 3rd column locate the fields options click the   icon to add fields scroll down to defaults add fields  in the groups dropdown menu select user then check the following fields  user created date   user delete link   user edit link   user last access   user name and user picture  then click add  you will be taken through the fields you added one at a time click update default display to go to each next field leave the default options on all fields except delete link  change that field s label to operations scroll back up to fields and click the   icon to rearrange fields down below drag the name field by dragging its foursided arrow to the top drag the delete link operations  field to the bottom and the edit link field just above it then click update  seeing what we ve done so far at this point you have done enough to create a valid view if you scroll down you will see a preview of your view if it doesn t show already click the preview button but generally this display updates automatically whenever you finish working in one of the mini forms styling the view as a table combining related fields into columns under basic settings  in the 1st column click the unformatted link next to the style setting in the options below under page how should this view be styled  choose table and click update default display  you will be taken to a page style options form to edit the table settings locate our edit link field in this mini form and notice the column dropdown change this dropdown to show operations  in the separator column next to the operations field type note the spaces around the   symbol check all of the sortable checkboxes and set default sort to name  when finished click update default display  filtering the user list to exclude unwanted entries click the   icon next to filters  in the groups dropdown menu select user then check the user name filter and click add  select is not one of and enter anonymous in the usernames box click update default display  adding an argument to list users by role dynamically scroll up to arguments  and click its   icon check the user roles argument and click add  set the title to 1 don t type the quotes and under action to take if argument is not present select summary sorted ascending  leave the other settings as they are click update default display  and click update through the prompts that follow to accept their default values saving the view finally click the save button to save your work at the very top click view page  to go to your new view  ',0),(98,'help',' create a block of recent stories in this example you will create a list of nodes of the content type story to be shown in a block through this stepbystep process you will become familiar with some basic steps in creating a view and familiarize yourself with the views user interface creating a new view go to add new view  give your new view the name recentstories description recent stories tag story type node and click next  about the interface you have been brought to views user interface as you start you are editing the default options for the view in the 1st column on the left you can see the dropdown menu offers block for example to select settings specific only to block views in the remaining columns you will be able to add or change options by clicking on links or icons these options will then appear below this main area most likely you will need to scroll a bit to see the options appear selecting the fields to display in 3rd column locate the fields options click the   icon to add fields scroll down to defaults add fields  in the groups dropdown menu select node then check the following two fields  node post date   node title  then click add  you will be taken through the fields you added one at a time make the changes specified below for the post date field delete the post date label change the date format to custom  and the custom date format to f j y g i a do not type the single quotes for the meaning of these letter codes click on the php docs link under that box to arrive at the explanation click update  for the title field delete the title label select link this field to its node click update  scroll back up to fields and click the   icon to rearrange fields drag the foursided arrow next to node title so that it appears above node post date  click update to save the new field order filtering to story nodes only click the   icon next to filters  in the groups dropdown menu select node then check the node published and node type filters and click add  select the published checkbox click update select is one of and check story in the node type field click update  sorting to show most recent first scroll up to sort criteria and click the   icon in the groups dropdown menu below select node then check node post date  and click add  alternatively you may instead check node last comment time  or node updated commented date  or node updated date  select descending sort order  click update  refining the basic settings in 1st column under basic settings locate these options  items to display setting click 10  change the 10 to 4 click update style setting click unformatted  change to list  click update  adding a block display for custom options in the dropdown on the left ensure that block is selected and click add display  under block settings  click the none link next to the admin setting change block block admin description to recent stories  saving the view click save to save your work instructing drupal to show the block finally you should tell drupal to show this block configure your block by going to admin build block  locate the block in the list it is labeled recent stories  place this block in a region and click save  you may click configure to set a different title to determine which roles can view the block and on which pages it appears if you want your block on the front page only enter front  ',0),(99,'help',' create an rss feed of user posts in this example you will create a feed display to show nodes by individual users dynamically selected through the url you will become familiar with the views 2 interface as well as learn how to use an argument to pull in a user name and use it in a dynamically created path a feed is a data format that places your site s content into a file that can be read and displayed by news reader programs when visiting a site you may notice a small rss transmission icon  whereby clicking on it you can subscribe to the site s most recent content this makes it easier for your visitors to keep up to date with your website you can also use this format to aggregate information into other sites for more information please watch a video from common craft about rss in plain english  note drupal automatically creates a feed for your website but you may want to create feeds with specific information in this case a list per user creating a new view go to add new view  give it the name userfeed description a feed of user nodes tag users type node and click next about the interface you have been brought to the views user interface as you start you are editing the default options for the view in the 1st column on the left you can see the pulldown menu offers feed for example to select settings specific only to rss views in the remaining columns you will be able to add or change options by clicking on links or icons these options appear below this main area most likely you will need to scroll to see the options appear as you make changes these options will appear in bold until you save your view change default display under basic settings in the 2nd column click row style fields a menu loads below  defaults how should each row in this view be styled  check the node option and click update  this loads another options menu  defaults row style options click update  create the rss view in the 1st column select feed in the dropdown menu and click add display  under basic settings in the 2nd column click row style missing style plugin note options appear below the views interface you may need to scroll to see feed how should each row in this view be styled tick node  then update this loads the next options menu display type  select use default rss settings click update  set the path for accessing your feed in the 2nd column under feed settings  click path none in options below feed the menu path or url of this view enter in the path with an argument feeds rssxml click update set up your arguments to say which user s nodes to display to the right of arguments  click the sign to add and argument in the feed add arguments menu that loads below select user in the pulldown menu check the box user name  click add scroll down to options to find case in path  select lower case check the box transform spaces to dashes in url click update default display sort to show most recent at top of feed scroll up to sort criteria in the right most column and click the icon in the groups dropdown menu below select node then check node post date  and click add  select descending sort order  click update  set filters to hide unpublished entries click the icon next to filters  in the options below select node under groups dropdown menu choose the node published filter and click add  check the box published  click update default display test click save under live preview type in the name of a user in lowercase replacing spaces with dashes click preview  you should test and find your feeds at urls like http yoursitecom feeds username rssxml you can use this path for aggregating on another site you can also attach the rss feed to another display of view to make the feed link appear on that display  ',0),(100,'help',' create a block of author s recent blog posts in this example you will create a contextsensitive block that shows the titles of recent blog entries by an author when viewing one of their posts this will demonstrate using views arguments to dynamically filter a view s contents at display time before working through this example enable the blog module and populate some entries from a few different users creating the view the first step is creating a view for our recent blog entries block because the block will show the titles of blog entries this view is considered a node type go to add new view  enter the following properties and click next  view name recentblogentries view description list of recent blog entries for a given author view tag blog view type node generating a list of blog entries it will be much easier to see the view progress if we can see it doing something in this section we will create a basic view displaying blog entry titles in the third column locate the fields area generally speaking fields are the pieces of information that you want to display in the view in this case node title click the   icon to add a field scroll down to defaults add fields  below the settings table a large selection of fields will be available in the groups dropdown menu select node  this will limit the list to only the default fields exposed by node module scroll down the list select the node title field and click add  you will now be presented with settings for the node title field delete the label from the label field so that each individual node title is not prefixed with the word title additionally check the link this field to its node box so that visitors who see an interesting title can click directly on it to read the blog entry to which it belongs when finished click update  if you scroll down to the live preview section you should now see a list of several node titles however both blog entries and other node types will be in the list let s fix that in the fourth column locate the filters area filters limit the results displayed in the view and we can use this to our advantage here by showing node titles only from blog entries and not every type of node click the   icon to add a filter as before scroll down to the defaults add filters section select node from the groups select box to limit the list of options to only those exposed by node module scroll down and select the node type field and click add  in the settings page that appears leave operator as is one of and select blog entry under node type  click update when finished now by scrolling down to live preview  you ll see that the list only shows blog entries adding context with arguments while filters are very useful for limiting the results of a view when the condition is always consistent for example a view of blog entry nodes should always be filtered by the blog entry type something filters can t do is smart decisionmaking based on the page context in our case we want the view to display a different list of blog entries when looking at a post by user admin than we do when looking at a post by user member and filters won t be able to help luckily there s another way to filter a view s content  arguments  through arguments views are able to obtain additional context typically via dynamic urls with ids in them and can take this context into consideration when displaying the view let s walk through adding and configuring an argument to our view so that we can change its contents based on post author in the third column locate the arguments area click the   icon to add an argument because we are basing the view around content authors  this time under groups select user  check user uid and click add  the defaults configure argument user uid settings page has a lot going on but only a few things that need our attention the title field here unlike the title field under basic settings  can be based upon the context that the view is being displayed in change the title to recent entries by 1 1 will later be expanded to the user s name based on the user uid argument when the view is displayed under action to take if argument is not present  there are a variety of options ranging from displaying a 404 or a 403 page to simply displaying all values in the view in our case if an argument isn t specified which it won t be since this view will be displayed in a sidebar block not as a page with its own url we want to give it a default one to act on select provide default argument  assuming javascript is enabled in your browser you should now get another selection for default argument type  select user id from url  which will then provide a new option  also look for a node and use the node author  select it this will cause views to first see if it can figure out a user id from the current url for example user 1 if it can t it will instead check to see if the current page is a node page such as node 42 and if so take the user id from the node s author field instead validator options provide a useful way to control what kind of arguments your view will accept select user as the validator  by default changing this setting will check the incoming argument and ensure it s a valid user id if not the view will be hidden from the page once you have changed the argument s title default argument and validator options click update to save your changes you ll notice that now the live preview no longer shows anything did we just break the view fortunately no it s merely abiding by our wishes to hide itself if there is no valid user id given to it try entering a 1 in the arguments box and clicking preview  you should now see a list of only user 1 s blog entries creating the block so the live preview is now showing basically what we want there s just one problem we have no way to stick what we ve done so far into a sidebar block let s fix that by adding a new display  in the first column under defaults  there is a select box containing entries such as page   feed  and yes  block  select block and click add display  there s not much else to do here as far as views is concerned under block settings  click the none link next to admin and fill in a description for the block in the administrative interface such as recent blog entries by author and click update  save your work by clicking the save button at the bottom of the views interface you should receive a message that the view has been saved next navigate to the blocks interface and drag the recent blog entries by author block to the right sidebar region or similar and click save blocks  you ll notice this appeared to do nothing no block shows in the sidebar but remember we are looking at an adminitrative page we are not looking at a page that would provide a user id context navigate to the main blog listing and click on an entry there you should now see a sidebar block titled something like recent entries by admin with a list of blog entries beneath it finishing touches there are still a few remaining things to do before our view is complete for example we said that the block was to show recent blog entries but instead it s showing them in the order they were entered with oldest on top additionally even unpublished entries are showing in the list currently return to the recentblogentries view edit page  add an additional filter by clicking the   icon in the filters section in the fourth column change groups to node and select node published  click add  under the published selection choose yes and click update  to handle sorting locate the sort criteria area just above filters and click the   icon there under groups  again select node  from the list of options check node post date and click add  in the settings page change sort order to descending  this will place the newer posts on top of the older ones click update when finished finally  save the view for your new settings to take effect  ',0),(101,'help',' view types the view type describes how this view is stored views is capable of having views entirely in code that are not in the database this allows modules to easily ship with views built in and it allows you to create a module to store your views for easy deployment between development and production servers normal normal views are stored in your database and are completely local to your system default default views are stored only in code and are not anywhere in your database they may be enabled or disabled but you may not completely remove them from your system you can override the view which will create a local copy of your view if you do this future updates to the version in code will not affect your view overridden overridden views are stored both in code and in the database while overridden the version that is in code is completely dormant if you revert the view the version in the database will be deleted and the version that is in code will once again be used you may store your views in code with the following procedure create a module to store the views add the function modulenameviewsdefaultviews  to this module export the view you wish to store in your module in code cut and paste that into the abovenamed function make sure the last line of the view is   views view name view  make sure the last line of the function is return views  after you make any changes be sure to clear the views cache  you may do this from the tools menu  ',0),(102,'help',' displays displays tell views where the output should go by adding a display to a view you can have your view appear as a page or as a block or even as an attachment to a different display on the view displays tell views where the output should go by adding a display to a view you can have your view appear as a page or as a block or even as an attachment to a different display on the view you must create at least one display in order to place a view on your site each display can have its own settings but when created a display will take all of its basic settings from the default display which all views must have for most settings there is an override button that will override that single setting for the current display overridden settings will have a mark in the summary for that display all default display settings are shown in the other displays in  italic  when you override a setting then it is shown normal please keep in mind that when you are editing a setting on a display that is not overridden then by default you are editing that for all displays overriding fields   arguments   sorts   filters and relationships  can only be done by overriding the entire group or none of them to do this click on the header for the filters or the rearrange button once you override the display will then have its own copies of the fields filters etc and changes to the defaults will not be reflected on your display with the reorder button you can organize the order of your displays with the analysis button the system checks the view and may give you suggestions if something is wrong you can clone a display by using the link in the header of the display ',0),(103,'help',' default display the default display is primarily a display to store settings and isn t actually used anywhere within the views system it is possible for external programs to use the default display but if they do they will hopefully tell you which display they will be working with the default display is also a convenient display to use to embed into your site using php snippets this is useful for example in node content but this is something that should generally only be done by administrators in general you probably want to add either a page display or a block display   ',0),(104,'help',' page display page displays have a path and an optional menu component page displays will be the primary content for the page meaning they will be displayed in the main content area when you visit the url that corresponds to the path page displays take their arguments from the url you can embed arguments into the url using in previous versions of views this was arg for example node foo will accept urls such as node 1 foo please remember that using a placeholder makes the argument required if you wish to have an optional argument simply omit the from the path ie using page as the path requires an argument and visiting http wwwexamplecom page will not trigger the view if you intend to embed a view manually into another view it is recommended that the page display not be used for embedding select a different display type to embed  ',0),(105,'help',' block display block displays will show up on your blocks administration page once a block display is created and saved it can be enabled and positioned in your theme by visiting administer site building blocks and selecting it from the list blocks do not accept arguments from any source the only way to get arguments to a block is to provide defaults to it possibly via the php code default setting edit the argument in question you may want to override this argument if you have multiple displays using it change the action to take if argument is not present to provide default argument this will bring up a new box called provide default argument options the most common default argument type used for blocks is node from url where it attempts to determine if the url refers to a node for example if visiting node 1 or node 1 edit user id from url is also very common if you change the default argument type to php code note you must have permission to use php code on your site you can enter php to define the argument needed simply return the argument if you are using a more link with a block you must have a page display for that more link to attach to the more link will not print if there is no place no display for it to link to  ',0),(106,'help',' attachment display attachment displays are attached to another display in the same view when the display is visited the attached display will also be rendered and may be placed before after or both before and after the original display attachment displays are often useful for displaying an argument summary view along with a page display that accepts arguments this can be used to provide a kind of glossary ',0),(107,'help',' feed display a feed display allows you to attach an rss feed to a view  ',0),(108,'help',' arguments arguments are input while they often come from the url  they don t always so please don t be shocked when they don t each display type may have its own source for arguments block displays have no source of arguments at all they cannot pull arguments from the url and often require use of the default argument php code in order to get arguments the argument default plugins can be used to get arguments into a block view see provide default below in general arguments are used to filter the view and in that sense they have a very close relationship to filters but that isn t necessarily true for every argument arguments can be used for any purpose really the extent of what the argument does is up to the developer of the argument but the arguments that come with views are almost entirely filters a typical use of an argument might be to reduce a view to a single node a single user or nodes with a given taxonomy term action to take if argument is not present ignore the argument is removed from the view as though it weren t there and all results will be displayed hide view page not found the view will remove itself entirely if the argument is not present for a block this means it simply won t appear for page views the view will return a 404 and present a page not found error display empty text the value of the empty text will be displayed summary the view will attempt to display a summary of arguments available based upon the view and provide links to the view with those arguments summaries have their own style handlers as well as options the default summary style simply displays a list of arguments with a count of entries found per argument this special mode is a very powerful part of views provide default if no argument is given a default argument can be selected the method of choosing the default argument is selectable and pluggable wildcards all arguments have a wildcard which is an argument that means to use all values in practice it is the same as ignore above where the argument is simply removed and the view is created without the argument the wildcard title is used in titles and breadcrumb trails default arguments default argument selection is available only if the action to take is provide default   when that is selected a new fieldset will appear letting you choose what the default argument will be views provides the following default selectors by default but other modules may add more fixed entry you may directly enter what the argument will be this is not a variable it will always be the same argument node id from url this will attempt to find a node id from the url and is primarily useful for the node id argument though other arguments that use node ids such as the cck node reference argument will find it useful too for example when visiting the path node 1 or node 1 edit it will know that the 1 in that path is a node id and use it user id from url like node id from url this will attempt to find a user id from the path it also includes an option to look for a node and use the node author as the user id user id from logged in user you can use this to easily default a menu item to the logged in user for example if you created the path blogs and gave it a user id argument with this default blogs would go to the user s own blogs and blogs 1 would go to user id 1 s blogs please bear in mind that the selection of default argument happens only if an argument is not provided if using a display that has no argument source such as a block this will always be used however if using a display that reads arguments from the url this will happen only if the url did not contain an argument argument validation arguments can also have validators which are pluggable systems used to ensure that arguments fit within certain parameters when a validator is chosen it may provide some settings for the validator including the action to take if an argument is presented but it fails to validate these actions are generally the same as the default actions above excluding the ability to provide another default if a view provides a menu option such as a tab if the argument does not validate the tab will not appear this sytem can have other validators plugged in by default views provides basic validation ensures that the argument is present a php null value from eg php default argument code will invalidate node ensure that the argument is a valid node id you may select which types of node the validator will accept taxonomy term ensure that the argument is a valid taxonomy term this includes options to limit to specific vocabularies and can transform the argument to the right type depending upon the actual argument set the argument type option to the actual type of data that the argument being used is expecting php code you may enter arbitrary php code similar to the php block visibility code to determine if the argument is valid or not  ',0),(109,'help',' fields fields are the individual pieces of data being displayed adding the fields node title   node type  and node post date to a node view for example includes the title content type and creation date in the displayed results fields may not appear on every display because not all style plugins actually use fields  for example the  node   row plugin simply displays the node through drupal s normal mechanisms and fields are not involved for the most part the field settings should be self explanatory fields will appear in the order that they are arranged in and they will usually appear with the label they are given if you add new cck fields you will find them under the group content search for the field name with new modules the list of groups will grow modules can add new items with the hookviewsdata  hook if you do not find a field consider whether or not you need a relationship  you can override the entire field section see here for more information  ',0),(110,'help',' sort criteria sort criteria determine what order the records are retrieved from the database and displayed in generally all you need to do is pick a field and choose ascending 1 2 3 4 or descending 4 3 2 1 and it will be done if you have multiple sort criteria the second and later items only come into play if the first item is the same in views 3x sorts may be exposed just as filters are note that if only one item is exposed for sorting the dropdown menu created by the exposed sort will only have one item in it some users may find this odd different data types sort just a little bit differently from others number fields number fields sort like you would expect 1 comes before 2 which comes before 10 which comes before 100 which comes before 200 etc text fields text fields always sort alphabetically even if the text contains numbers this can have some odd effects if you have numbers stored in text because the values 1 3 7 10 12 20 100 120 will sort like this 1 10 100 12 120 200 3 7 this is because these fields sort purely by characters and not numeric value ie comparing 200 and 3 the 2 comes before the 3 therefore 200 is smaller than 3 date fields date fields often can have a granularity which is a way of making similar dates actually be the same date take two dates that are close to each other  may 1 2007 530 am and may 1 2007 945am  without granularity the two dates are compared and the first date comes before the second date however if the granularity is set to day it only looks at the parts of the date up to the day  may 1 2007 and may 1 2007  at that point they are the same and the sort would move on to the next sort criterion you can override the complete sort criteria section see here for more information ',0),(111,'help',' filters filters are used to reduce the data set that views provides that is to say without any filters applied views will return all of your content you don t want that so at least some filters must be used some very commonly used filters the node published filter is used to restrict a node view to only nodes that are are have the published box checked this can be very important to prevent users from viewing content they should not have access to the node promoted to front page filter can be used to show only nodes that have the promote to front page turned on the node type filter is useful for showing only certain types of nodes let s say you wanted users to see only nodes that were book nodes or a combination of book nodes and staffblog nodes this filter allows you to select exactly that the user current filter will show only nodes that the logged in user has authored the node post date filter can be used to show only nodes posted before after or between a range of dates the above list is only a tiny fraction of the filters available in views referenced here to give an idea of the kinds of tasks filters can accomplish when you do not find a filter type you may need to choose a relationship before the expected filter will show or to install a new module that contains the requested filter when you click the rearrange icon you can first rearrange your filters easily delete filters and select an operator and or or by default the and operator is selcted at the lower right of the window is the new button add new group r when you click on it you can drag and drop an individual filter to the new group group 1 for this new group and the default group you can select the group operator and or or to remove a group remove all filters and click the remove group 1 button when you want that the user to select their own filter you can expose the filter a selection box will show for the user and they will be able to select one item after that the view will reload and only the selected item will be displayed you can also choose to expose the selection to a block see here  you can override the complete filter section see here for more information  ',0),(112,'help',' relationships relationships allow you to expand the query to include objects other than the base query this is actually made more difficult to understand by the fact that views actually includes a few relationships by default and doesn t tell you they re there for historical reasons it would be inconvenient to remove these default relationships when relationships are present all fields including relationships will gain a new form item to let you select which relationship they will use they will default to using no relationship at all the main example of the relationship that is there by default is the node user relationship every node has an author and if a node is in the query the user who wrote that node is automatically made available note the author considers it an error that this relationship is automatic but by the time it was realized this was in error it was too late to change it a similar relationship that is not automatically made available is for node revisions each revision has its own author which is the user who made the revision by adding the node revision user relationship all of the user fields sorts filters and arguments available to a user will now be available for the revision author when a relationship is added to the view all applicable items will gain a relationship select box where you can choose which version of that particular item you wish to use this can be illustrated with an example a comment view contains the relationships comment node and comment user this means that all the fields for the node that a comment is attached to are available and all the user fields for that node author also become available the other relationship makes fields for the author of the comment available very often not the author of the node when you add the user name field you will be presented with a select box either the node relationship or the user relationship must be selected because there are two possible user names in the view to choose from another example of relationships involves the files table in drupal files are related to users but files are not necessarily related to nodes however the uploadmodule allows some files to be attached to nodes the only way for views to deal with this discrepancy is with relationships when creating a node view it s possible to add an uploaded files relationship to get file data for nodes that were attached with the upload module it is also possible to go the other way from a files view you may add a relationship via the upload table to view information about the node you can override the complete relationship section see overrides for more information  ',0),(113,'help',' style the views  style system is how you customize the output produced by your view a view style is basically a smart theme template that processes the view data and then outputs it all styles in views can be overridden by placing copies of the templates in your theme directory and then modifying them see the theme information link available on all views to get hints for which templates a given view is using a breakdown of view output by default the style is unformatted  which means that there is very little style actually used the records are simply displayed one after another enclosed in a div tag so that you can use css to manipulate the view  some styles use a separate row style to determine how each row of the view looks this is useful for mixing and matching styles to more readily produce exactly the kind of output you need many styles can be grouped  for styles that can there will be a grouping field option pick one of the fields to group by this grouping field will be displayed as a header and all rows will be displayed beneath it with the theme developer module enabled the field grouping in views does not work disable the theme developer module before grouping by fields each style is its own entity  ',0),(114,'help',' row styles a row style is an individual style to display only an individual record within a view you can choose between node or fields  for example a node type view would display one node per row a user type view would display one user per row when you choose fields  you must have entries in the fields section to produce an output to set some options for fields read here  some row styles use fields which means you may select from the available fields to display others row styles do not they are able to use the base type and create a display usually row styles that do not use fields produce less efficient slower views so bear this in mind when contemplating the performance of your site when you choose node the complete node will display through drupal s standard nodeview  function you can choose some options   ',0),(115,'help',' html list output style  the list view style will display every row of the view as part of an html list construct for example row 1 row 2 row 3 row 4 you may select whether or not the list is ordered which just means whether or not it uses numbers instead of the bullet row 1 row 2 row 3 row 4 the list style also uses a row style which means that it doesn t care what the actual output for each row of the view is if you need information about using css to style list views you may find this a list apart guide to styling lists useful ',0),(116,'help',' unformatted output style  the unformatted output style simply places each row of the view one after another with no additional formatting  ',0),(117,'help',' table output style  the table style will display the view results as a table each row of the table will correspond to a row from the view result when setting the table options each field in the view will be presented with some information next to each field  column by default each field is its own column however you can place multiple fields in the same column to do this pick which field you want to represent the column then pick another field and set the column value to that field you can place as many fields as you like in a single column but only the main field in a column can be clicksorted separator if you have multiple fields in the same column the separator will be placed between each one at the very least nbsp should be used as without the separator the fields will be placed very close to each other common separators are a bullet the symbol and a comma if there are no other fields in the column the separator will have no effect sortable if checked the header for the column will be clickable and the user may resort the table by clicking on this to sort by that field at this time views does not support clicksorting to sort by multiple columns at the same time default sort you may select a column which will be sorted by default when the table is first viewed this column will be highlighted to the user you may also select whether the default sort is ascending or descending  ',0),(118,'help',' grid output style  the grid style will display each row of your view within a grid you may customize the number of columns  though it defaults to 4 a grid looks like this row 1 row 2 row 3 row 4 row 5 row 6 row 7 row 8 row 9 row 10 row 11 row 12 row 13 row 14 row 15 row 16 the above uses the horizontal alignment where rows are added into the grid from left to right with a vertical alignment rows will be placed from top to bottom like this your row results will appear as columns row 1 row 5 row 9 row 13 row 2 row 6 row 10 row 14 row 3 row 7 row 11 row 15 row 4 row 8 row 12 row 16 you can also choose to group a field from the fields section this grouping field will be displayed as a header and all rows will be displayed beneath it this style uses a row style to determine what each row will look like  ',0),(119,'help',' rss output style the rss output style is only available for feed display types it will display the view as an rss feed which is a specialized xml output this output is not user visible but can be parsed by feed readers for aggregation you may supply a description for the rss feed most feed readers will display this description along with the contents of the feed you may also select to use the site s mission statement for the description please note that when using rss views only comes with the one rss style there s no style override for rss modules can add more  ',0),(120,'help',' fields the fields row style displays each field defined in the view one after another each field defines its own output by default each field is put in a div unless it is selected to be inline  if it is inline it is put in a span two items in div s will be displayed one after another with the second one below the first two items in span s will be displayed on the same line one item in a span next to div s is the same as two items in div s this means that for the inline setting to do anything at least two consecutive items must be set inline you may define a separator which will be placed between each item this separator may be html you can use nbsp to print blank space if the view s row style is set to fields fields must be added to the view if there are no fields you may receive validation errors such as   display defaults uses fields but there are none defined for it or all are excluded display page uses fields but there are none defined for it or all are excluded this is because the row style fields expects at least one field for display there is also an option to hide empty fields so empty fields along with their labels or markup will not be displayed there is also an option to hide empty fields so empty fields along with their labels or markup will not be displayed  ',0),(121,'help',' node the node row style will display each item of the view through drupal s standard nodeview  function views has very little control over this output except for the options you see you can choose from different build modes  by default there are teaser and full node you can also decide if you want to display links and or display node comments because the output is run through the standard node template mechanism typically nodetplphp or a variant thereof any decisions about what is output may be done there views does add an extra suggestion to the list of possible node templates  nodeviewviewnametplphp  you may use this to theme a node specifically for the view this can be handy for creating very small teasers and the like you may opt to display the full node body or the node teaser and you may add the node links such as the comment links that appear after a node or not because of this behavior  the node row style does not utilize fields and the fields section will not be displayed please note that this row style performs a nodeload for every row and as such can produce a lot of extra queries sometimes this is necessary but it can have a negative impact on your site s performance  ',0),(122,'help',' node rss item row style this row style is only available to rss styles it produces xml necessary for an rss feed for the node record ',0),(123,'help',' comment rss item row style this row style is only available to rss styles it produces xml necessary for an rss feed for the comment ',0),(124,'help',' summary style unformatted output style  the unformatted summary style is only available for summary styles which are when an argument has been set to provide a summary if it was not provided with a value this summary provides the possible candidates for the argument one after another with no special formatting if inline is selected the summary items will be enclosed within span tags otherwise the items will be in div tags you can also elect to display the number of matching records for the argument plus change the number of items per page for the summary this is often useful because summary views are often quite small but other views quite space intensive it is very common to have far more records available in the summary view than in the more normal view ',0),(125,'help',' summary style list output style  the list summary style is only available for summary styles which are when an argument has been set to provide a summary if it was not provided with a value this summary provides a list of possible candidates for the argument in a standard html list like the normal list style you may set this list to be ordered or not you can also elect to display the number of matching records for the argument plus change the number of items per page for the summary this is often useful because summary views are often quite small but other views quite space intensive it is very common to have far more records available in the summary view than in the more normal view ',0),(126,'help',' menu options page display  page displays can hook into the drupal menu system and provide menu links that will appear in the navigation system as well as tabs that can be used to keep views next to each other for simple menu links  there is very little you need to do simply select normal menu entry and fill in the text for the title this will appear in the navigation menu by default you will need to visit the menu administration page to move this to another menu tabs are not quite so simple there are some complex rules for using tabs in drupal all tabs must have a parent which is the next level up in the path hierarchy for example if the view path is example taba then the parent must be example all tabs must have one and only one default tab this is usually the same content as the parent if a parent does not exist when creating the default tab views will allow you to also create a parent item it will automatically set up the url for you when it does this tab weight is used to control what order the tabs are displayed in lower numbers will display more to the left for tabs whose numbers are the same they will be displayed alphabetically drupal only supports 2 levels of tabs so be careful about trying to put tabs within tabs within tabs that won t work for example if you have two views that you want to be tabs you could set it up like this in the first view set the path to tabs tab1 set it to be the default tab set the title to tab 1 and the weight to 0 click update and you will be taken to a form that lets you define the parent since tabs doesn t already exist in the system select normal menu item and set the title to tabs on the second view set the path to tabs tab2 set it to be a menu tab and set the title to tab 2 with this done you will now have a navigation link named tabs and when you click on it you will go to the tabs with tab 1 being the default tab that appears you can then click between tab 1 and tab 2  ',0),(127,'help',' path options page display  if a display has a path that means that it can be retrieved directly by calling a url as a first class page on your drupal site any items after the path will be passed into the view as arguments for example if the path is foo bar and a user visits http wwwexamplecom foo bar baz beta  baz and beta will be given as arguments to the view these can be handled by adding items to the arguments section you may also use placeholders in your path to represent arguments that come in the middle for example the path node someview would expect the first argument to be the second part of the path for example  node 21 someview would have an argument of 21  note  views 1 used  arg for this kind of thing arg is no longer allowed as part of the path you must use instead if multiple displays within the same view have the same path the user will get the first display they have access to this means you can create successfuly less restricted displays in order to give administrators and privileged users different content at the same path ',0),(128,'help',' theme information clicking on the theme information link provides you with a listing of all posiible theming files the highlighted files are the ones views is currently using all other filenames are suggested templates you may use any of the following possible theme files to modify individual parts of your view in total there are four parts to theming a view the display theme is usually viewsviewtplphp and it largely controls the decorations around a view where the header footer pager more link feed icon etc will be placed the style will control how all of the results of the display are put together it may be as simple as just displaying all of the rows or it may be a complex table generator or something in between the row style controls each individual row not all styles utilize the row style notably the table but most others do finally  field themes allow you to override the look and even the data of each individual field if the style uses fields the actual template the system will use should be hilighted in bold  a breakdown of view output the link to the left of each type will give you information about the default template used for that type you may cut and paste this and place it in your theme with the appropriate template or you may copy the base file from the views theme directory or if provided by a module from the module s directory  it is important that you clear the theme registry cache every time you add a new template or the new template will not be picked up important note  you place your custom template files in your theme directory  not views theme  this is always true of theming with drupal in addition to this tool the very useful devel module contains a tool called the theme developer which does a good job of visually showing you which areas of your site use which themes be careful with it though as the theme developer causes the views edit page to break also this feature will only work properly with drupal 63 and later prior to drupal 63 this patch will be required  ',0),(129,'help',' using views templates views theme templates are straightforward to use with the drupal theming system if you are unfamiliar with the theming system at all you should probably at least read drupalorg theming documentation  that said these are the important things you need to know copy a base views template to one of the names provided from the theme information section of the view copy this template right into your theme directory clear the theme registry see the instructions for how to do this your new template should now operate assuming you picked a nicely named template that includes the view name that template should now be active for your view a good example is viewsviewlistfoobartplphp which would work for a view named foobar you can now modify this template all you like for any template that uses fields the fields will be in array in order to use this effectively you will need to understand enough php to fetch data from an array this is a place where the devel module can really help you because you can use its dsm function right in your template to see what variables it uses there is an alternative to dsm that works without devel module but it s a bit longer to use for example i placed the following code inside a loop in viewsviewtablephpphp php drupalsetmessage pre varexport row true pre and it produced this output array nid 97 title scisco ideo vicis feugiat qui name luwrepuslan my view had three fields node nid node title user name the contents of the row variable included these fields in precisely the order that i had arranged them to using the views rearrange link also worth noting though is that each field also has an identifier so it can easily be pulled out of the row should i want to display it differently using php print row title would print just the title for that row please remember that i m doing this inside the loop so this will get repeated for every row of the view the ids used to fetch items from the array id  row title  can be quickly and easily looked up on the theme information page once a field has been added to the view its id will not change but note that if there are two title fields in a view one will be title and the other will be title1 in order to prevent namespace collisions the important thing here is that views does provide ids views doesn t tell you what these ids are but it s easy to get them by dumping the row data and doing a simple visual inspection views does guarantee that these ids will not change unless you actually add a new field and remove the existing one in which case title above would become title1  the basic fields template the most common template people will need to rewrite is the simple viewsviewfieldstplphp which is the template used by the fields row style and all it does is display a simple list of fields however it is not that simple to the user because the template can t inherently know what the fields are it has to go through an array in a loop this loop isn t very handy when you really want to have fine control over the template by placing your fields precisely where and how you want relax though if you know what your fields are you can rewrite this if you end up writing your own html the only part that is really important is the content for each field we know from above that you can get the id for each field on the theme information page from the view in the header for the template we can see that the fields are all in the fields array and each field is an object that leads us to this php print fields someid content assuming you replace someid with an id found on the theme information page this code will print the content for that field you can also get the label and some other data about the field as well as the raw information complete details for what is available are documented directly in viewsviewfieldstplphp keep in mind that if you rewrite your templates using this you ll need to maintain this template whenever changes are made to the fields of the view while this isn t generally recommend sometimes it s necessary to get the kind of control you might ultimately need  ',0),(130,'help',' using css with views views uses a wide array of css classes on all of its content to ensure that you can easily and accurately select exactly the content you need in order to manipulate it with css it is possible to enter a custom css class under style settings the css class names will be added to the view this enables you to use specific css code for each view you may define multiples classes separated by spaces typically every view is wrapped in a div with the name of the view as part of its class for all these examples we will assume the name of the view is myview  as well as the generic class view div class view viewmyview div in your css you can modify all views divview border 1px solid black or just your view divviewmyview background yellow by default the general view template also provides the following classes to easily style other areas of the view viewheader viewfilters viewcontent viewempty if an empty text is used when the view has no results viewfooter feedicon attachmentbefore if using an attachment display attachmentafter if using an attachment display so for example divviewmyview divviewheader make the header stand out fontsize 120 fontweight bold divviewmyview divviewfooter make the footer less important fontsize 80 fontstyle italic color ccc in the above example we whimsically made the header bold and in a bigger font and the footer smaller italicized and greyish views with fields if your view has fields each field is uniquely tagged with its id a field s id may be gleaned from the theme information page note that due to css rules any in the id will be converted to automatically so if you have a field whose id is editnode this is the field used to provide an edit link to a node it will be editnode additionally to make sure that the view ids don t conflict with other css classes in the system they will be pretended with viewsfield thus the final css class for the field with the id editnode will be viewsfieldeditnode  exactly how this appears is going to depend upon the style you re using for example the unformatted style uses divviewsfieldeditnode and divviewslabeleditnode to access that particular field but a table would use tdviewsfieldeditnode and thviewsfieldeditnode to access the table header or just viewsfieldeditnode to affect both viewmyview th color red make all headers red viewmyview viewsfieldtitle fontweight bold make the title field bold viewmyview tdviewsfieldbody fontsize 60 make the text in the body field small  ',0),(131,'help',' what are overrides  if an item is using defaults then it is using values from the default display  important note  if you modify this value you are modifying the default display and thus modifying for all displays that are using default values if that is not what you intend you must click the override button once overridden that display now has its own version of the value modifying it will not modify it for other displays you can override in the settings of the nondefault display when you are clicking on the header of the section or on the rearrange button for relationships   arguments   fields   sort criterias  and filters  each of these must be overridden as a group in other words you cannot override a single filter but instead must override all filters a message will appear on the item to let you know what its status is but you can only change the status by clicking on the header or the rearrange button for that item  ',0),(132,'help',' embedding a view into other parts of your site you can easily embed the results of a view into other parts of your site either with code as a module or in nodes or blocks as snippets the easiest way is to use the function viewsembedview   embed a view using a php snippet this function is meant to be called from php snippets should one wish to embed a view in a node or something it s meant to provide the simplest solution and doesn t really offer a lot of options but breaking the function apart is pretty easy and this provides a worthwhile guide to doing so param name the name of the view to embed param displayid the display id to embed if unsure use default as it will always be valid but things like page or block should work here param any additional parameters will be passed as arguments function viewsembedview name displayid default to figure out the id of a display hover your mouse over the tab to select that display everything after the viewstab is the id of that display this id is guaranteed never to change unless you delete the display and create a new one  ',0),(133,'help',' what s new in views 3 views 3 is the newest major revision of views views 3 retains all of the core functionality of views 2 retaining the views 2 interface views 3 for 7x has a brand new interface views 3 incorporates a number of new features as well as pulling in much wanted features from a few addon modules that were written for the 2x branch major changes interface include some movement of familiar features and additional options for some of these features there s not a huge difference from the previous views 2 interface just an added filter for status  views 3 admin interface contexthelp is available by clicking the small blue questionmark icon contexthelp in views 3 is provided by the advanced help module so make sure to install that together with installing views 3 the small blue help icons will be available in various parts of the views ui in particular look for them as part of the description of a display  when setting style options and in various editing sections such as path   menu and the like the filter header now includes the status filter this enables you to filter your views list by whether the view is enabled or disabled allowing you to effectively narrow your list when you re looking for an active view major new features views or has been incorporated semantic views have been incorporated the jump menu style has been added the panel fields style has been added pluggable back ends pluggable text areas pagers and forms translation plugin exposed sorts adding a view so let s jump in and add a view for this example we re going to create a user view which will display a list of users adding a view the first step in adding a view is simply entering a name only alphanumeric characters no spaces a description tag and the view type to get the user view we selected the user radio button configuring the new view let s start by adding some fields  adding fields clicking on the icon next to the word fields unfurls a section beneath the view information with all the available fields grouped by comment file node node revision taxonomy and user and probably a few others this is a general paradigm for the views 2 interface clicking on a widget or link unfurls a section beneath the view information with the relevant interface usually what is being edited will be hilited in yellow as well when adding items you can use the groups dropdown box to show only a subset of the fields available according to the above groups or select all to see all fields available which is what was selected when the section unfurled for our example we re selecting the user group and adding the user email   user name and user picture fields adding fields once we add our fields they show up in the fields section of the interface we will be walked through each field we added so keep clicking update  even if you don t make changes to the field and you will see the next one the fields we added can be rearranged by clicking the up down icon right next to the add icon we used earlier we can also remove a field using the same interface rearranging fields from here the fields can be dragged up and down by grabbing the little drag handle on the left and moving them where you like making a change to any part of the view by clicking update usually triggers a refresh of the view preview which is conveniently located right below the main interface views preview now that we have some fields set up we can turn our attention to basic settings for the view it s important to note that all the interface elements pertain to the current display selected for the view as mentioned before a view can have multiple displays the first time you create a view you ll be manipulating the default display you can add displays using the add display button whose basic settings are completely different from each other this lets you have as many displays of a view as you would like all sharing items such as sort criteria filters and arguments but different display settings like title style fields and pager settings also any display you add automatically inherits display settings from the default display initially so you can keep a core of common settings in your default display and add additional settings for every other display adding a page display let s stick with the default display and twiddle some settings we can set the title to user view 1 and the style to table in views 3 view styles control how a view display looks there is now the style as well as the row style which focus on different parts of the output styles have been moved to their own style settings box in the ui a breakdown of view output we change the style by clicking on the current style on the left hand side of the view information area selecting a views 3 display style we re given the style options of grid   list   table and unformatted  additional display styles can be added by modules which have views style plugins  choosing a style reveals a settings button which you can click to configure the style you ve chosen in the shot below we ve selected and are configuring the table style which we re using to produce a more compact output than we had earlier selecting and configuring the table style  todo finish this document  ',0),(249,'help',' create a module from bulk exported views this documentation focuses on the bulk export and version control functionality of the views module the following steps document how to export multiple views at once and create a module from the exported code that will allow you to revert any subsequent changes to your views assumptions you have views you want to bulk export we ll call them myview1 and myview2  you know how to install and enable a module modules you will need install views and enable the following modules views views exporter views ui evaluate the current state of things navigate to the views administration page  you should have edit export clone delete options next to myview1 and myview2  once we re done delete will become revert  bulk export your views click tools   bulk export to navigate to the bulk export page to export myview1 and myview2  check the boxes to the left of myview1 and myview2 choose a module name myviews click export create a module from the exported views the results of the export should now be in front of you specifically the results page should be composed of three codecontaining regions this code and the following steps are all you need to create a module that will allow you to revert your views to the state they were in when you exported them create a directory called myviews within your sites all modules directory create the following files paste in the appropriate code and place them into the myviews directory myviewsinfo myviewsmodule add a php tag at the beginning of this file myviewsviewsdefaultinc add a php tag at the beginning of this file  clear the cache just to be safe navigate to the performance administration page and clear cached data  enable the module containing exported views navigate to the modules administration page and enable myviews export module  save  verify presence of reversion option for exported views navigate to the views administration page  the right of myview1 and myview2 should now read edit export clone revert  congratulations you now have version control in place for your exported views  ',0),(134,'help',' updating your views from views 1 to views 2 views 1 views stored in the database may not convert properly to views 2 in order to aid with the conversion a tool is available in the main views page choose tools convert any views you choose will attempt to convert note that converted views may not match perfectly adjustments may be necessary to retain the integrity of your previous views views 1 views may also be exported before upgrade and then imported through the standard import tab those views will attempt to convert during import exporting your views before upgrade has the added benefit of ensuring a backup there are no known issues converting views from views 2 to views 3 at this time  ',0),(135,'help',' views api views allows modules to describe their tables relationships to each other as well as fields filters sort criteria and arguments via hookviewsdata   whenever views deems it necessary this hook is called the data aggregated together and cached hookviewsdataalter  may also be used to modify existing data changing other module s handlers or adding handlers to other module s tables views also allows modules to create new display types style types row styles argument default handlers and argument validators via hookviewshandlers  and hookviewsplugins   these hooks are kept in a file named modulenameviewsinc this file is automatically included upon need so there is no need to try and include this in hookinit or any other method of including inc files this file should store hookviewsdata hookviewsdataalter hookviewsplugins hookviewshandlers as well as any other hooks and subsidiary data that will only be used by your module when views is active all handlers and plugins provided by your module should be in separate inc files there are two similar files modulenameviewsdefaultinc and modulenameviewsconvertinc which contain default views and views 1 to views 2 convert helpers respectively hookviewsapi  in order for your files to be included your module must first implement hookviewsapi  in the main module file this module should return array of information the following items may be returned  api this must appear it should be the oldest api version that your module can work with if views is currently running an older version of the api it will ignore your module s views integration this is a good thing as it will prevent code crashes at the expense of your module s functionality disappearing you may find the current views api version by calling viewsapiversion  which is implemented at the top of viewsmodule this version numbering starts at 20 every time changes are made to the views handlers and plugins or other aspects of the views api the number will tick up by either 001 01 1 or 1 depending upon how major the changes are note that viewsapiversion  was introduced in views 20rc2 and may not exist prior to that version you may use functionexists to test to see if this function is there often these versions are basically compatible with each other and views won t care if your module implements 2000 2001 2002 etc your module can request that it won t work with any version older than a given version however views will determine itself if a newer version will work path if your views inc files are not in the same directory as the module file then return the full path here you should probably use something like drupalgetpath module yourmodulename includepath  template path a path where the module has stored it s views template files when you have specificed this key views automatically uses the template files for the views you can use the same naming conventions like for normal views template files  ',0),(136,'help',' describing tables to views tables are described to views via hookviewsdata which returns an array of table information keyed by the name of the table for example if your module is describing three tables foo bar and baz your array will look like this data array foo array info here bar array info here baz array info here the key should be the actual database name of the table not including prefix but it can be an alias as long as the join information explained later contains the real name of the table each item in the array should be a field in the table with the exception of a special information section called table example data foo array table array info about the table described later bar array info about the field named bar ie foobar baz array info about the field named baz ie foobaz once you get down to an array that contains actual data that piece of the array will often be referred to as the definition the table section each table should have a table section in it which is used to set default information for the table such as the group as well as the very important joins and whether or not this is a base table first there are several items that are actually for fields but can be placed here so that all fields within the table inherit them group the name of the group this item will be with in the ui this is displayed as group title for example node node id taxonomy term description etc it is important to be consistent with groups because the ui sorts by group and allows filtering by group to find fields as well title the actual name of the field it should be concise and descriptive help a longer description to help describe what the field is or does it should try to be only a line or two so as not to clutter the ui in general having title and help at the table level doesn t make a lot of sense but usually every item in a table is in the same group thus it is very common to define the group data foo table group t foo  base table if your table is a base table meaning it can be the primary central table for a view to use you can declare it to be a base table this primarily provides ui information so that it can be selected for example advertise this table as a possible base table data node table base array field nid title t node help t nodes are a drupal site s primary content weight 10 the following tags are available in the field the primary key field for this table for views to treat any table as a base table it must have a primary field for node this is the nid for users this is the uid etc without a single primary key field ie not a composite key views will not be able to utilize the table as a base table if your table does not have a primary key field it is not too difficult to just add a serial field to it usually title the title of this table in the ui it should be singular and describe the object that this table contains from the perspective of the user help a short piece of text to describe what object this table contains database if this table is held in a different database from your drupal database specify it as a string in the exact same format as the settingsphp file this is a special purpose variable that will probably be only used in site specific code and it must be the same database type as your drupal database  also don t try to join it to any table that isn t in the same database that ll just create all kinds of silly errors for example in settingsphp for your site your drupal site database needs to be called default dburl default mysqli user pass host drupaldb dburl budget mysqli user pass host otherdb then when you are describing the external database in your base table you would write something like this data table table base array field primary key title t field name help t field description database budget weight 10  linking your table to existing base tables for views to use your table it has to either be a base table or know how to link to an existing base table or sometimes both views uses this information to create a path to the base table when the table is added to the query views will walk along this path adding all tables required into the query how termdata joins to node in the above example to use these with node as the base table both termdata and termnode need to be defined and they each need a join handler for node data termdata table join node array lefttable termnode leftfield tid field tid the above can be read as in order to join to the node table the termdata table must first link to the termnode table and they join on the tid field when adding this table to the query for a node view views will look at this and then look for the termnode table data termnode table join node array leftfield nid field nid above the fact that lefttable is left out lets us know that termnode links directly to the node table using the nid field on both sides of the join quite a few more fields are available in this definition handler the name of the handler object to use defaults to viewsjoin you may create custom join handlers that may or may not use any of the data below as they see fit table table to join this is optional and should only be used if the table being referenced is an alias field field to join on this is required lefttable the next step toward the final destination if this is the final destination it may be omitted leftfield the field to join to on the left side this is required type either left default or inner extra either a string that s directly added or an array of items each item is itself an array field field or formula operator similar to filters this is the operator such as etc defaults to or in value must be set if an array operator will be defaulted to in numeric if true the value will not be surrounded in quotes and d will be used for its placeholder extra type how all the extras will be combined either and or or defaults to and describing fields on tables aside from the special table tag each table can also have an unlimited number of field designations these correspond roughly to fields on the table though it is very common to use nonfields to display data that isn t directly in a field such as data arrived from formulae or special links related to the object the table is part of each field is described in the view data with an array keyed to the database name of the field this array may contain some information fields plus an entry in each of the five types of items views has per field argument field filter relationship sort for example data node nid array title t nid help t the node id of the node the help that appears on the ui information for displaying the nid field array handler viewshandlerfieldnode click sortable true information for accepting a nid as an argument argument array handler viewshandlerargumentnodenid name field title the field to display in the summary numeric true validate type nid information for accepting a nid as a filter filter array handler viewshandlerfilternumeric information for sorting on a nid sort array handler viewshandlersort the above example describes the nid field on the node table providing 4 of the 5 handlers note that while field is normally expected to be the database name of the field it doesn t have to be you can use an alias which is how you get multiple handlers per field or something completely made up for items that aren t tied to the database for example data node editnode array field array title t edit link help t provide a simple link to edit the node handler viewshandlerfieldnodelinkedit the above handler definition an edit link to a node but this isn t a field in and of itself for aliased fields here is another example data users uidcurrent array real field uid title t current help t filter the view to the currently logged in user filter array handler viewshandlerfilterusercurrent the above definition provides an alternate filter handler on the uid field for the current user the following items are allowed in the field definition group title help as above these fields are for the ui if placed here any of these fields will override a setting on the base table real field if this field is an alias the real field may be placed here and the handler will never know the difference field a handler definition for the field section which is a field that may be displayed in a view the definition is an array the contents of the array are completely up to the handler other than the handler definition if omitted handler will default to viewshandlerfield filter a handler definition for the filters section which will be used to apply where clauses to the view the definition is an array the contents of the array are completely up to the handler other than the handler definition if omitted handler will default to viewshandlerfilter sort a handler definition for the sort criteria section which will be used to add an order by clause to the view the definition is an array the contents of the array are completely up to the handler other than the handler definition if omitted handler will default to viewshandlersort relationship a handler definition for the field section which is a way to bring in new or alternative base tables in the view the definition is an array the contents of the array are completely up to the handler other than the handler definition if omitted handler will default to viewshandlerrelationship the basic relationship handler requires base and base field to be set base and base field represent the right half of the join that will use this field as the left side argument a handler definition for the field section which is method of accepting user input from the url or some other source the definition is an array the contents of the array are completely up to the handler other than the handler definition if omitted handler will default to viewshandlerargument for more information about what handlers need use what data visit the views api site and check out the available handlers  ',0),(137,'help',' using default views in your module views can be stored in the database which is typical of smaller sites and hobby sites however views may also be stored directly in the code as default views which simply means they re available by default modules often come with views that are specific to the module data but it s also possible and highly recommended that sites which have separate development and production sites export their views into default views in a sitespecific module this makes it very easy to transfer views from dev to production without making database changes creating a module first create a directory in sites all modules for your new module call it whatever you like but for this example we will call it mymodule  in this directory create a mymodulemodule file it can be empty for now but it should at least contain an opening php tag php id it should not contain a closing tag as the closing tag is not required and anything after the closing tag such as a space or a linefeed will be displayed directly to the browser and can potentially cause problems the module file will contain functions and drupal hooks hooks are specially named functions that drupal will call in order to get your module s response at certain times while generating pages the only function you will need for this exercise is the viewsapi hook that tells views that this module supports the views api and what version function mymoduleviewsapi return array api 20 for other uses you may well add additional functions second you need to create a mymoduleinfo file id name my module description my site specific module core 6x once you have these two files set up you should be able to activate your new module at the administer site building modules page exporting your views the easiest way to do this is to activate the viewsexport module and navigate to administer views tools bulk export place a check next to each view that you want in your module type the module name into the text field and click export this will create the entire hookviewsdefaultviews  function for you you can also export individual views if you do this keep in mind that this export does not include the line that adds the exported view into the larger views array views view name view to place this into your hookviewsdefaultviews  you will need to place that after the view and make sure the function returns views at the end placing your exported views into your module cut and paste the entire output of the bulk export tool into mymoduleviewsdefaultinc and be sure to put a php at the top of the file so that the webserver knows that it s php code then visit the views tools page and clear the views cache your views should now be listed as overridden on the view list page if you revert these views they will be removed from the database but will remain in code theming your views in your module you can theme these views in the module and not need to rely on the theme to do this at all and in fact the theme can continue to override these just like it ordinarily would even if your module provides a theme this is very useful for distributing a module where the view needs to look just so to do this you need to implement hooktheme  in your module function mymoduletheme existing return array viewsviewviewnamedisplayid array arguments array view null template viewsviewviewnamedisplayid original hook viewsview path drupalgetpath module mymodule there are a small number of gotchas in doing this that you must be aware of when referring to a template filename you always use dashes in the name ie  viewsviewviewnamedisplayidtplphp  however when referring to the hook or function names you use underscores instead of dashes ie  viewsview and viewsviewviewnamedisplayid the arguments change based upon which of the 3 types you re overriding there s the display the style and the row style the above code is assuming the display which is usually just viewsview  here are the possibilities display array view null style array view null options null rows null title null row style array view null options null row null be sure to use the right arguments line or the theme system will not properly translate the template line should never include the extension so drop the tplphp from it you need to make sure that the views preprocess functions get registered the original hook line in the definition does that but it can only do it if it comes after the views registration which actually happens very late in theme building 99 of the time your module will come before views you have two choices to deal with this set your module s weight to 11 or higher in the database views weight is 10 you can make this happen automatically when the module is first installed by creating a mymoduleinstall file and using this code function mymoduleinstall dbquery update system set weight 11 where name mymodule if you use this method the original hook should be set to the name of the original template being used ie if this is a variate of viewsviewlisttplphp this should be viewsviewlist you can also just force it to list the preprocessors without actually having to detect them this doesn t require modifying your module s weight which is not always possible you can insert this code into the array preprocess functions array templatepreprocess templatepreprocessviewsview mymodulepreprocessviewsviewviewnamedisplayid the first one is the global templatepreprocess function which all templates utilize it does some basic things such as setting up zebra and a few other items see apidrupalorg for specifics the second one is the plugin specific preprocess like original hook it should conform to the name used by the original template ie if the original template was viewsviewlisttplphp then that preprocess function would be named templatepreprocessviewsviewlist  the third one is your module s preprocess function if it needs one in general you probably will not need one and you should only attempt to use one if you are reasonably familiar with the concept of preprocess functions and drupal s theme system in general see drupal s theme documentation for more information if you leave the path blank the template file will be searched for in which is the drupal install base path  ',0),(138,'help',' how views handlers work in views a handler is an object that is part of the view and is part of the query building flow handlers are objects much of the time the base handlers will work but often you ll need to override the handler for something one typical handler override will be viewshandlerfilteroperatorin which allows you to have a filter select from a list of options you ll need to override this to provide your list handlers have two distint code flows the ui flow and the view building flow for the query flow handler construct create the initial handler at this time it is not yet attached to a view it is here that you can set basic defaults if needed but there will be no knowledge of the environment yet handler setdefinition set the data from hookviewsdata relevant to the handler handler init attach the handler to a view and usually provides the options from the display handler prequery run prior to the query stage to do early processing handler query do the bulk of the work this handler needs to do to add itself to the query fields being the only handlers concerned with output also have an extended piece of the flow handler prerender values called prior to the actual rendering this allows handlers to query for extra data the entire resultset is available here and this is where items that have multiple values per record can do their extra query for all of the records available there are several examples of this at work in the code handler render this does the actual work of rendering the field most handlers are just extensions of existing classes with a few tweaks that are specific to the field in question for example filter by node type class viewshandlerfilternodetype extends viewshandlerfilterinoperator function getvalueoptions if isset this valueoptions this valuetitle t node type types nodegettypes foreach types as type info options type info name this valueoptions options  viewshandlerfilterinoperator provides a simple mechanism to set the list used and the rest of the handler is perfectly fine for this handlers are stored in their own files for these files to be loaded by views on demand they must first be registered since views core handlers are also loaded this way it s imperative that your module also implement this pattern in order to prevent code crashes when your handler s parent class is not yet available to register handlers you must implement hookviewshandlers   this hook returns an array with two keys the first key is info which contains the modulename which is only necessary if you re registering handlers on behalf of another module such as what views does and path  which is the search path to find the files this path is only necessary if your files will not be stored in the same directory as the module file the other key is handlers which contains a full array of handlers and the information for each handler the key to each handler array is the name of the handler class it can contain  parent the class that this handler extends this is important to make sure that the parent class is included before your handler class without this you may cause people s sites to crash in a difficult to recover state be sure you get this right  file the filename the handler is in by default this will be classnameinc however you can have multiple similar handlers together in one file however because there is only one parent please be sure that the parentage on these handlers matches otherwise you will run into whitescreens as not all parents will be loaded you can see examples of this function in any of the various moduleviewsinc files in the views modules directory the best place to learn more about handlers and how they work is to explore the views api site and use existing handlers as a guide and a model understanding how viewshandler and its child classes work is handy but you can do a lot just following these models you can also explore the views module directory particularly nodeviewsinc please note that while all handler names in views are prefixed with views you should use your own module s name to prefix your handler names in order to ensure namespace safety note that the basic pattern for handler naming goes like this module handler type tablename fieldname sometimes table and fieldname are not appropriate but something that resembles what the table field would be can be used ',0),(139,'help',' how views plugins work in views a plugin is a bit like a handler but plugins are not directly responsible for building the query instead they are objects that are used to display the view or make other modifications there are 6 types of plugins in views display display plugins are responsible for controlling where a view lives page and block are the most common displays as well as the ubiquitous default display which is likely what will be embedded style style plugins control how a view is displayed for the most part they are object wrappers around theme templates row style row styles handle each individual record from a node argument default argument default plugins allow pluggable ways of providing arguments for blocks views includes plugins to extract node and user ids from the url additional plugins could be used for a wide variety of tasks argument validator validator plugins can ensure arguments are valid and even do transformations on the arguments access access plugins are responsible for controlling access to the view plugins are registered by implementing hookviewsplugins  in your modulenameviewsinc file and returning an array of data the array will look something like this return array display array list of display plugins style array list of style plugins row array list of row style plugins argument default array list of argument default plugins argument validator array list of argument validator plugins access array list of access plugins each plugin will be registered with an identifier for the plugin plus a fairly lengthy list of items that can define how and where the plugin is used here is an example from views core node array title t node help t display the node with standard node view handler viewspluginrownodeview path drupalgetpath module views modules node not necessary for most modules theme viewsviewrownode base array node only works with node as base uses options true type normal of particular interest is the path directive which works a little differently from handler registration each plugin must define its own path rather than relying on a global info for the paths also there is an optional parent directive which is automatically filled in to be the base parent for the plugin type usually this is enough but if your plugin derives from something other than the base it must be filled in for example feed array title t feed help t display the view as a feed such as an rss feed handler viewsplugindisplayfeed parent page so it knows to load the page plugin inc file uses hook menu true use ajax false use pager false accept attachments false admin t feed help topic displayfeed note that unlike handler registration where parentage is referred to by object name with plugins it is referred to by the unique plugin identifier please be sure to prefix your plugin identifiers with your module name to ensure namespace safety after all two different modules could try to implement the grid2 plugin and that would cause one plugin to completely fail todo finish this document  ',0),(140,'help',' integrating the node example module for the new table defined by the node example module to be understood by the views module you need to create a nodeexampleviewsinc file that describes the table and its relationships to the rest of the database in order for views to know that this file is to be loaded you need to implement hookviewsapi this is done by adding the following function into your nodeexamplemodule file php implementation of hookviewsapi this tells drupal that there is views integration file named modulenameviewsinc function nodeexampleviewsapi note that you can include path in this array so that your viewsinc file can be stored in a different location return array api 20 below is the contents of a simple nodeexampleviewsinc file that allows you to create views that include the new color and quantity information php this file is used to tell the views module about the new nodeexample table database definition code create table nodeexample vid int 10 unsigned not null default 0 nid int 10 unsigned not null default 0 color varchar 255 not null default quantity int 10 unsigned not null default 0 primary key vid nid key nodeexamplenid nid endcode function nodeexampleviewsdata basic table information nodeexample table new group within views called example the group will appear in the ui in the dropdown tha allows you to narrow down which fields and filters are available data array data nodeexample table group t example let views know that our example table joins to the node base table this means it will be available when listing nodes and automatically make its fields appear we also show up for node revisions data nodeexample table join array noderevisions array leftfield vid field vid node array leftfield vid field vid quantity data nodeexample quantity array title t quantity help t quantity of items field array handler viewshandlerfieldnumeric click sortable true filter array handler viewshandlerfilternumeric sort array handler viewshandlersort color data nodeexample color array title t color help t color of item field array handler viewshandlerfield click sortable true filter array handler viewshandlerfilterstring argument array handler viewshandlerargumentstring sort array handler viewshandlersort return data some notes on usage within views click on the add tab you have a number of type options here normally you would select either node if you only want to display information on current nodes or node revision if you want to display information on all revisions of the nodes with this configuration you always pull out of the database data for every single node whether or not it has color and quantity information to display information on just those nodes that have color and quantity information you can use a filter so that only nodes which don t have a null color or a null quantity are displayed type relationship extension when your tables have first class data you will often need to have own view types and view relationships defined with the current nodeexample table this isn t required although i try to justify it below on an efficiency basis see http groupsdrupalorg node 17236 comment58980 this discussion as to why it isn t justified pulling data out of the database for every node when you only want data for the new example node type is inefficient to reduce the initial data extraction to just that relating to the new example nodes requires that you make the nodeexample table the base table this can be done by adding the following code into the nodeexampleviewsinc file just before the return data php begin optional extra for type and relationships use nodeexample as a new base table by creating a new views type called node example this allows it to be selected as the view type when you initially add a new view data nodeexample table base array field vid title t node example help t node example type with color and quantity information weight 9 when using the new node example type you need to use relationships to access fields in other tables relationship to the node revision table data nodeexample vid array title t node revision help t the particular node revision the color and quantity is attached to relationship array label t node revision base noderevisions base field vid this allows us to not show this relationship if the base is already noderevisions so users won t create circular relationships skip base array node noderevisions relationship to the node table data nodeexample nid array title t node help t the particular node the color and quantity is attached to relationship array label t node base node base field nid this allows us to not show this relationship if the base is already node so users won t create circular relationships skip base array node noderevisions end optional extra for type and relationships the above code adds a new node example to the view types that can be selected within the add tab window of views selecting this sets the nodeexample table to be the base table if you select node example as view type when you initially go into the edit window of views you will find the only fields available are the color and quantity fields to get fields from other tables you need to add a relationship relationships may be found at the top in the same column as the fields  ',0),(265,'help',' altering the default value of an exposed filter modifying default values of a views exposed form is tricky because fapi was not designed to work with get forms one consequence is that it often can t tell if textfields there are others were submitted or not as a consequence it always thinks the value was submitted even if it was not to fix that views modifies formstate input identifier with the default value if formstate input identifier was not set in order to modify the default value in an alter you need to do this php if empty formstate view exposedinput identifier formstate input identifier defaultvalue where identifier is the particular filter for which you want to change the default value and defaultvalue is the new default value you want to set if you use a hookformformidalter or hookformalter you can modify exposed filters on the fly based on information that is external to views for example i modified the exposed filter of a form to set a taxonomy term id based on the user s geoip to do this i used the following function where geoipredirectgettid loads the relevant term id based on the user s current ipaddress php function modulenameformviewsexposedformalter form formstate if strpos form id volunteerdirectory false citytid geoipredirectgettid if isnumeric citytid citytid 7660 if empty formstate view exposedinput tid formstate input tid citytid  ',0),(141,'help',' readme readmetxt a module containing helper functions for drupal developers and inquisitive admins this module can print a log of all database queries for each page request at the bottom of each page the summary includes how many times each query was executed on a page and how long each query took it also a block for running custom php on a page a block for quickly accessing devel pages a block for masquerading as other users useful for testing reports memory usage at bottom of page more this module is safe to use on a production site just be sure to only grant access development information permission to developers also a dpr function is provided which pretty prints arrays and strings useful during development many other nice functions like dpm dvm ajax developers in particular ought to install firephp core from http wwwfirephporg and put it in the devel directory your path to fbphp should looks like devel firephpcore lib firephpcore fbphp you can use svn checkout http firephpgooglecodecom svn trunk trunk libraries firephpcore then you can log php variables to the firebug console is quite useful included in this package is also develthemermodule which outputs deep information related to all theme calls on a page develnodeaccess module which prints out the nodeaccess records for a given node also offers hooknodeaccessexplain for all node access modules to implement handy develgeneratemodule which bulk creates nodes users comment terms for development macro module has moved to http drupalorg project macro compatibility notes modules that use ahah may have incompatibility with the query log and other footer info consider setting globals develshutdown false in order to avoid issues modules that use ajax should idenify their response as contenttype text javascript the easiest way to do that is run your reply through drupaljson author maintainer moshe weitzman weitzman at tejasa dot com  ',0),(142,'help',' readmedevelnodeaccess readme this module contains tools for developers using access control modules to restrict access to some nodes it is intended to help catch some common mistakes and provide feedback to confirm that restricted nodes are in fact visible only to the intended users provides a summary page which queries the nodeaccess table and reports common mistakes such as the presence of drupal s default entry which grants all users read access to all nodes also reports the presence of nodes not represented in nodeaccess table this may occur when an access control module is installed after nodes have already been created provides a block which shows all nodeaccess entries for the nodes shown on a given page this gives developers a quick check to see that grants are provided as they should be this block autoenables to the footer region you may move it as desired if you enable dba debug mode on the devel settings page you will get more information provides a second block that shows and explains the crud access rights of the 10 most recently active users this block is disabled by default because it has a huge overhead if views module is installed allows browsing of nodes by realm including those nodes not in the nodeaccess table null realm wishlist things i d like to see but haven t had time to do automatically solve common problems ie delete the all realm entry and automatically save all nodes not in the nodeaccess table nicer feedback indicating whether nodes are visible to the public or not ie use color coding or icons summary does not differentiate between view grants and other types of grants i personally use nodeaccess only for view grants so i m not sure exactly what else it should show staff original author dave cohen aka yogadex on drupalorg current maintainer hans salvisberg aka salvis on drupalorg  ',0),(98,'node',' eels video 1  front page test video  ',0),(99,'node',' eels video 2  front page test video  ',0),(100,'node',' partners first partner second partner third partner fourth partner  testing other links  ',0),(101,'node',' follow us here and here and here and here and here  testing other links  ',0),(242,'node',' background for teachers this unit focuses mostly on the mechanics of creating posters but it is important to place all of this poster activity in a broader context the goal of this activity is to engage students in scientific discussion and argument for most students the word argument means a fight a disagreement it is really important  a learning objective to help them understand that scientific argument is something different there is an excellent discussion of this objective in ready set science  published by the national academies press in fact there is a whole chapter titled making thinking visible talk and argument you can read the chapter for free online by clicking here  one of the key ideas from this book is that you should begin by establishing the norms for scientific discussion in your classroom this is not just a matter of good classroom control it reflects what really happens in the profession of science there are rules of the road that scientists follow as they critique each other s work your class too should have clearly defined rules for its scientific discussion  ready set science s suggestions about establishing classroom norms is available online by clicking here  poster presentations can be done in a variety of settings 1 students can make presentations to other science classes once school arranged for students to present to middle school science classes in the same district 2 have a parents night where family and community members can come to the school to see the posters and hear the students make presentations 3 schedule a poster session at a school board or parentteacher organization meeting the creation of a poster involves a great deal of material that is normally covered in an english class think about the possibility of team teaching this unit with an english teacher possibly as a project that would receive both english and science credit the same is true for math  mercury in watersheds background for teachers presentation  ',0),(188,'node',' lesson resources attachment size 1areflection assessmentanswerspdf 2739 kb 1aquestion setsanswerspdf 11992 kb 1aquestion setspdf 21906 kb 1amath warmanswerspdf 13106 kb 1amath warmpdf 15405 kb 1cstudent handoutpdf 5276 kb 1cteacher versionpdf 5315 kb gamerulesandcardspdf 14078 kb gameboard85x11page1pdf 3478 kb gameboard85x11page2pdf 6782 kb gameboard11x17pdf 5332 kb piecespdf 41686 kb 1cteacher mapjpg 6841 kb 1cprevailing windsjpg 7425 kb 1cstudent versionjpg 703 kb board previewjpg 13635 kb mercurycyclegif 2086 kb environment canada mercury cyclegif 4883 kb mercury in the environmentpdf 9661 kb brimercurypdf 97259 kb  lesson resources lesson resources lesson resources   mercury in watersheds introduction lesson resources  ',0),(189,'node',' links  a joint paper produced by the american enterprise institute and the brookings institute titled  mercury in the environment a volatile problem   provides an excellent readable survey of the entire issue the biodiversity research institute has also published an excellent overview this one more focused on the northeastern us titled  mercury connections  you might want to consider printing off a number of copies of these two documents for use by the students in the class an interesting lesson plan comparing the carbon cycle to the mercury cycle has been created for the national institute of environmental health science scaffolding the mercury cycle to the carbon cycle may help your students understand the mercury cycle better below is a link to additional mercury related activities for both high school and middle school levels they are on the environmental protection website the activities were adapted from mercury in schools and the community a national issue from the university of wisconsin system board of regents march 2002 even though it is in the middle school activity section the toxic treasure hunt would be a good way to show where mercury can be found in the home and the school look for the heading student information and activities the activities are listed by grade level  http wwwepagov region7 mercury educatortoolkithtm a  useful sheet  that talks about the meaning of ppm ppb mg kg and so on is available from the center for hazardous substance research volume 4 of the epa s report to congress on mercury  is an incredibly valuable resource for all the material in this module whether you are working with fish human hair or other kinds of samples it is a big document but well worth downloading and using as reference you will also find value in the other volumes in the epa s report to congress there is a  website that provides access to the entire report  along with other good information there is a  good article on sampling for mercury in human hair  in the national library of medicine s pubmed database the epa also has a good brief  summary of mercury concentrations  in different species of fish this will be important whether you are looking at ecosystems in the field or at human hair the university of wisconsinextension has produced  a nice introductory piece on mercury  as well as a  complete mercury curriculum  this mercury curriculum is substantially different from what we have here but it definitely a useful resource and worth looking at speaking very generally the primary difference is that the university of wisconsin curriculum is more focused on knowledge about mercury as a learning objective while we are more focused on mercury as a means to learning objectives related to systems change and the nature of science   links section   mercury in watersheds  ',0),(248,'node',' lesson resources attachment size data spreadsheetxls 255 kb data organization worksheetpdf 3279 kb presenting data worksheetpdf 17985 kb student instructionswhat do these data mean pdf 14535 kb meaningful difference examplejpg 13749 kb  mercury in watersheds data analysis lesson resources  ',0),(181,'node',' introduction to mercury in the environment this first unit will help students understand what mercury is why it presents a health concern and where it comes from the classroom activities cover background information   mercury concentrations   mercury movement in the environment  and mercury toxicity  in the links section you will find excellent background reading materials including the biodiversity research institute s mercury connections report that many students have found very helpful  introductory unit   mercury in watersheds introduction  ',0),(237,'node',' mercury in foodwebs in the introductory unit we introduced students to mercury they learned that it is toxic and they should also have at least a rough idea of the kinds of quantities that we might expect to find in human hair and in fish they should also have a general familiarity with the way that mercury in its different forms moves through the environment more specifically they should think about how it moves through their study site and organisms students using the activities in this unit will diagram the mercury cycle  as it pertains to their research site and can develop a general understanding of toxicology and can play the food chain game   mercury in watersheds background  ',0),(250,'node',' lesson resources attachment size 2teachers cheat sheetpdf 7909 kb 2bstudent dragonfly fact sheetpdf 11532 kb 2bquestion setanswerspdf 7719 kb 2bquestion setpdf 3334 kb 2bdragonfly fact sheetpdf 9824 kb 2aquestion setanswerspdf 995 kb 2aquestion setpdf 9612 kb toxenrichbasicpdf 14956 kb toxenrichorgpdf 34678 kb mercurymatters1pdf 146 mb 2teachers cheat sheetpdf 7909 kb  mercury in watersheds background lesson resources  ',0),(263,'node',' classroom activities overview in unit 1 we introduced the students to mercury they learned that it is toxic and they should by now have at least a rough idea of the kinds of quantities that we might expect to find in human hair and in fish they should also have a general familiarity with the way that mercury in its different forms moves through the environment more specifically they should think about how it moves through their study site and organism in this second unit we begin work on the notion of bioaccumulation bioaccumulation means that mercury magnifies as you move up a food chain to higher trophic levels the mechanism is in some ways the inverse of the pyramid structure that you introduce to students when you explain how only a small fraction of the energy at one trophic level is transferred to the next higher level understanding the way that bioaccumulation works is essential before students can begin to ask meaningful questions about mercury levels in different organisms including themselves it is also a great way to pull together ideas that you are introducing elsewhere in a biology environmental science or health science course are you what you eat what about all the toxins and other substances contained in what you eat these activities provide an understanding of how mercury biomagnifies through food webs and allow students to construct a mercury diagram for their own study site additional background material specific to each activity is presented within the text for each activity this unit also provides a brief background fact sheet about dragonfly larvae and why scientists suspect they might be good indicators for mercury in our region the fact sheet and site visit should begin to spark some concrete questions that students might turn into their hypotheses in the next unit note much of the important material that you will need is referenced through links within this document links are indicated through use of colored underlined text that means that you will want to use this document in electronic form as well as in printed form at least some of the time so you can follow these links  mercury in watersheds background classroom activity  ',0),(9891,'node',' bangor hs 2011 mercury contents within a food chain  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(257,'node',' classroom activities after collecting data in the field and receiving results from the laboratory students will understand and apply the concepts of data analysis there are three important warmup activities that set up the conceptual understanding behind graphing and data display which are important in getting students to begin to think about data differently grouping data and making generalizations about patterns rather than seeing only the extremes the exercises build toward a key skill connecting the research question to the data three activities follow that deal more specifically with the data produced in the students own research the activities in this unit build from each other and we recommend doing them in the order presented here we strongly recommend that all graphing activities are done by hand on paper or whiteboards before students consider graphing using computer software to understand the concepts graphing by hand will focus attention on the data not the tool and is reasonable with our small data sets  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(261,'node',' standards mlr h pe standard a health concepts 4 environment and personal health performance indicators descriptors 9 diploma  students determine the interrelationship between the environment and other factors and personal health statewide standards health careers  d1 practices safety principles at school and workplace d2 follows emergency safety procedures d4 uses ergonomically correct work methods for clients and self d5 follows mandated standards for workplace safety warranted list  stj00 students will apply inquiry and problem solving approaches in science and technology  stj01 make accurate observations using appropriate tools and units of measure  activity b c learning results mlr science technology standard b the skills and traits of scientific inquiry and technological design  students plan conduct analyze data from and communicate results of in depth scientific investigations and they use a systematic process tools equipment and a variety of materials to create a technological design and produce a solution or product to meet a specific need performance indicators descriptors 68  c use appropriate tools metric units and techniques to gather analyze and interpret data performance indicators descriptors 9 diploma  e use a variety of tools and technologies to improve investigations and communications mlr ela standard c research students engage in inquiry by developing research questions accessing and verifying a variety of sources communicating findings and applying the conventions of documentation students present findings orally in writing or using mixed media performance indicators descriptors 9 diploma  students develop research questions and modify them as necessary to elicit present and collect information from a wide variety of primary and or secondary sources and follow the conventions of documentation to communicate findings a select and apply research methods that are appropriate for the purpose of the inquiry mlr h pe standard a health concepts 4 environment and personal health performance indicators descriptors 9 diploma students determine the interrelationship between the environment and other factors and personal health analyze how environment and personal health are interrelated warranted list stj00 students will apply inquiry and problem solving approaches in science and technology  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(272,'node',' key ideas prerequisites and misconceptions key ideas introduced in this unit research project design material preparation sampling techniques and protocols concepts and relationship  there is a relationship between the organisms collected and the collection sites why are we looking here for dragonfly larvae there is a reason for keeping tools materials and hands clean when gathering specimens why keeping accurate field data is important why proper labeling is important it is important to take only the organisms needed for a meaningful sample  vocabulary  hypothesis an educated guess at the answer to a research question research project design the outline of how an experiment will be conducted sampling the collection of a few specimens of one specific type of organism student prerequisites  what students need to know to complete this unit what their hypothesis is where they might expect to find the organisms they are sampling misconceptions about mercury  it doesn t matter how the samples are collected it doesn t matter how many organisms we kill  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(264,'node',' classroom activities the two activities are ideally completed in chronological order the research question and hypothesis activity is primarily a brainstorming process the peer review activity allows different research groups to review each other s work additionally we have two activities to support the video peertopeer claim sharing on vimeo  the scientific claim proposal video and the scientific claim video review video peer review allows students from different school to share and review each other s claims this is an excellent way for students to solidify their thinking for a broader peer audience we suggest having a question board or an i know i think board in the classroom to help the class refine their model and therefore their claim  mercury in watersheds hypothesis classroom activity  ',0),(9892,'node',' classroom activities scientific claims proposal video scientific claim proposal videos goals  students understand the elements of a good scientific argument students state and defend their research claim students use a multimedia approach to sharing with other researchers objectives students will develop practice and record a scripted presentation of their scientific claim students will critique fellow students videos within the class students will upload their videos for critique by students from other schools materials  scientific claim video review worksheet video camera if there is no video then recording sound only is a fine alternative upload capabilities place of this lesson in project sequence  this video sharing should happen after the students have developed their claim and know the evidence they will need to back up their claim lesson duration  approximately 80 minutes note depending on the students and the amount of time available you can lead the students in a discussion of what they need to include to make a compelling argument give the students an outline that they write the script for or give the students a script introduction 2 minutes  you re going to be sharing your claims about your mercury in the watershed research with other researchers so that they can test the strength of your claim  you can mention that because the students have been working so closely with their own work they need someone else to look at it    teacherled discussion 15 minutes  ask  what do you need to include in your video to make your claim as airtight as you can solicit ideas write them on the board  if necessary refer to ads if you have towhich ads do you believe versus which ads do you like  example  make an example of what the kids have offered for ideas students say to present claim only ok so i should state my claim  my name is hannah and my dirt bike is faster than your dirt bike   or if the students give claim and because statement ok so i should state my claim and tell you why i think that  my name is hannah and my dirt bike is faster than your dirt bike because mine has a 110 cc 4 stroke engine and your riding a rupp from1973   or if the students give claim and because statement and evidence statement my name is hannah and my dirt bike is faster than yours because my dirt bike has a 110 cc 4stroke and your bike is a rupp from 1973 you want me to prove mine is faster  ok a race after school at the gravel pit no funny business we ll time it we ll see who s is faster if your students give make a claim a because statement and an evidence statement as what they need to make an airtight claim video then skip to  guided discussion  section below and then to  relate to watershed project by asking  section below  ask  with this claim what are some questions that come to mind solicit ideas write them on the board  how do you know your dirt bike is faster yah how are you going to prove it  what makes you say that how are you going to prove it    continue guided discussion  what i think you are saying is you want some background reasons the because statement and you want to know how i am going to back up or prove my claim evidence data and or method  summarize discussion 2 minutes  refer back to your example  tell students so each of you rewrite this claim with the background reasons for why i might have stated it and how i am going to prove it to you this can also be done as a group  the students should state something like  my name is hannah and my dirt bike is faster than yours because my dirt bike has a 110 cc 4stroke and your bike is a rupp from 1973 you want me to prove mine is faster  ok a race after school at the gravel pit no funny business we ll time it we ll see who s is faster  give me a because statement and a waytoproveit statement  have students read some of these new claim statements or you can give the italicized statement above these statements should include a claim a because and a reference to evidence ignore this if the class has done this as a group  relate to watershed project by asking  when you state your claim for other researchers to review what should you include   state claim background reasoning and evidence you ll use to support your claim  direct 15 minutes  work with your group to write a script that does just that states your claim gives the background and shares what data you re going to collect or use to support your claim if you finish before 15 minutes you can practice your script and record it studentdirected script writing and recording 15 minutes  when the students are done they will record their scripts this is a dry run a first draft each group should review the video of at least one other group and then use the scientific claim video review worksheet to review another group s work discussion 10 minutes  have students explain each other s claims reasoning and evidence in their own words they should then return the review sheets to the reviewed group or the teacher  revision 15 minutes  they will then make the changes they need to make to their scripts if any record their scripts and post them to vimeo   mercury in watersheds hypothesis classroom activity  ',0),(9894,'node',' jen stainton i teach 9th grade integrated environmental science at woodstock union high school in woodstock vermont last school year 201011 was my first time incorporating the mercury project into my classes and i thought it was an excellent way to stretch my students science skills i can t wait to make it even better in year two   data literacy mercury in watersheds nitrogen cycling in watersheds  ',0),(9895,'node',' jen stainton i teach 9th grade integrated environmental science at woodstock union high school in woodstock vermont last school year 201011 was my first time incorporating the mercury project into my classes and i thought it was an excellent way to stretch my students science skills i can t wait to make it even better in year two   data literacy mercury in watersheds nitrogen cycling in watersheds  ',0),(265,'node',' standards overview of standards science standard a unifying themes  students apply the principles of systems models constancy and change and scale in science and technology a1 systems performance indicators 68 students describe and apply principles of systems in manmade things natural things and processes b explain how the output of one part of a system including waste products from manufacturing or organisms can become the input of another part of a system a4 scale performance indicators and descriptors 68 students use scale to describe objects phenomena or processes related to earth space matter and mechanical and living systems b use proportions averages and ranges to describe small and large extremes of scale  science standard e the living environment  students understand that cells are the basic unit of life that all life as we know it has evolved through genetic transfer and natural selection to create a great diversity of organisms and that these organisms create interdependent webs through which matter and energy flow students understand similarities and differences between humans and other organisms and the interconnections of these interdependent webs e1 biodiversity performance indicators descriptors 9diploma students describe and analyze the evidence for relatedness among and within diverse populations of organisms and the importance of biodiversity d analyze the effects of changes in biodiversity and predict possible consequences e2 ecosystems performance indicators descriptors 9diploma students describe and analyze the interactions cycles and factors that affect shortterm and longterm ecosystem stability and change b describe dynamic equilibrium in ecosystems and factors that can in the long run lead to change in the normal pattern of cyclic fluctuations and apply that knowledge to actual situations mlr h pe standard a health concepts 4 environment and personal health performance indicators descriptors 9diploma students determine the interrelationship between the environment and other factors and personal health a analyze how environment and personal health are interrelated  statewide standards health careers g3 identifies and discusses the interdependence of the body systems related to various factors g4 compares selected diseases disorders warranted list  students will work write and speak effectively when doing research in all content areas  career clusters  use communication skills demonstrate written communication skills use communication technology  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(254,'node',' lesson resources attachment size 3ateachers guidepdf 9641 kb 3abrainstorming worksheetpdf 5006 kb 1claim2pdf 3056 kb 2blankdatapdf 1236 kb 3data1pdf 2566 kb bwet claim video reviewdoc 355 kb  mercury in watersheds hypothesis lesson resources  ',0),(9885,'node',' bill zoellick  data literacy eels mercury in watersheds nitrogen cycling in watersheds  ',0),(9886,'node',' bill zoellick  data literacy eels mercury in watersheds nitrogen cycling in watersheds  ',0),(258,'node',' links toxicity bioaccumulation many of the resources used in unit 1 to introduce mercury and how it moves through the environmental will not surprisingly be very useful in this second unit as well the hubbard brook foundation has published mercury matters  a very attractive and very useful booklet on mercury in the northeastern us it contains good information on mercury transport bioaccu mulation and on the levels of mercury found in different biota in the northeast in the reso urces for unit 1 we have already referenced the biodiversity research institute s excellent mercury connections booklet on mercury we call attention to it again here because it contains good information about mercury levels in a variety of different kinds of animals for a look at mercury in humans see body of evidence a study of pollution in maine people   mercury in watersheds background links  ',0),(238,'node',' creating scientific claims now that students have learned a bit about where mercury comes from why it is an environmental issue of concern in maine and how it moves through ecosystems they can begin to think about what questions they might ask and then begin to answer with their field work the questions we are heading toward are those that fall under one overarching question which organisms have greater amounts of mercury in their tissues there are many topicallyrelevant subquestions that students might propose to investigate for example do predators such as dragonfly larvae have more mercury than their prey do dragonfly larvae from different sites have different amounts of mercury what features of the site might influence the mercury burden in dragonfly larvae which fish would be likely to have the greatest mercury those that eat algae those that eat zooplankton those that eat insects or those that eat other fish does fish size matter would a sample of hair from students who are vegetarians tend to have less mercury than a hair sample from nonvegetarian students   mercury in watersheds introduction background for teachers  ',0),(284,'node',' optional activity the food chain game overview  the study of mercury provides a good example of bioaccumulation and biomagnification of the chemicals in the ecosystem environment canada has a simplified worksheet reinforcing the idea of biomagnification  the activity below outlines a popular simulation game illustrating bioaccumulation and biomagnification the activity was developed by project wild and is available on the web from a number of different sources we have adapted this exercise from a unit on food chains and bioaccumulation published by the fish and wildlife service getting ready materials construction paper squares for each student prepare 20 white and 10 colored squares to represent food provide one paper bag per grasshopper see below students will be grouped into grasshoppers shrews and hawks  time needed   activity procedure   warmup review the terms food chain food web ecosystem bioaccumulation and biomagnification since the students will be assuming roles of grasshoppers shrews and hawks it would be useful to use grasshoppers shrews and hawks within the examples of food chains and food webs that you provide for students playing the game take students outside to a gymnasium or large open space since you will be scattering bits of paper around it is important that it not be a windy space divide the class into 3 groups grasshoppers shrews and hawks with approximately 3 times as many shrews as hawks and grasshoppers as shrews ex in a class of 26 students there would be 2 hawks 6 shrews and 18 grasshoppers you may wish to mark them for easy identification using arm ties or bandanas give each grasshopper a bag to represent its stomach and then have the students look the other way while you spread the paper squares of food all over the playing area instruct the grasshoppers to enter the playing area and to quickly gather as much food as they can in 30 seconds while the hawks and shrews sit on the sidelines and watch after 30 seconds while the grasshoppers continue to look for food allow the shrews to enter the playing area to catch the grasshoppers by tagging them this stage of the game should last for a short amount of time enough for some grasshoppers to be caught the right amount of time depends on the size of the playing field and number of students when a grasshopper is tagged by a shrew he she must give the bag of food to the shrew and then sit down while shrews are still trying to catch grasshoppers and after a few have been caught allow the hawks to enter the playing area to catch the shrews the same rules apply when a shrew is caught it must give the bag of food to the hawk and sit down call an end to the game you should time this so that there are still a few grasshoppers and shrews in the game ask students to circle together and look at the food bags they have or report if they were eaten count the number of grasshoppers and shrews left and the food squares white and colored in their stomachs ask the hawks to empty out their bags and count the number of white and colored squares inform the students that the colored squares represent mercury have students determine how many of the lower trophic level organisms they ate how many squares they ended up with and the number of colored mercury squares that they acquired into their system next head back to the classroom to do some followup fact finding  class discussion of game results the general idea that you want to have emerge from this game is that animals higher on the food chain end up with a greater amount of mercury so the important number for each student is the number of colored squares you should be aware that the model of bioaccumulation implied in this game is inaccurate in one very important respect food never gets used to sustain the metabolism of grasshoppers shrews or hawks what this means is that the percentage of mercury the ratio of colored squares to all squares will not increase as you move up the food chain in a more realistic model we would use up white squares over time which would do even more to magnify the mercury as it moves up the food chain you don t need to explain this to the students at the outset but you do need to be aware of it yourself what this means is that you want to have the students just focus on the count of colored squares quantity of mercury rather than on the ratio of colored squares to white squares keeping this in mind here are some data that you should have the students record the number of surviving organisms of each type the average number of grasshoppers eaten by each shrew and the average number of shrews eaten by each hawk the total amount of mercury contained in each organism the average amount of mercury absorbed by each species the ratios of absorbed mercury as one moves up the food chain you might have the students portray the average amounts of mercury graphically reflection summative assessment ideas once the students have worked through this idea of bioaccumulation as a group you might want to have them work some problems individually or in small groups the following questions couple the lessons learned from the food chain game with the work on quantities introduced in unit 1 question set activity a suppose a hawk eats 1800 rodents per year  more info about hawks  and suppose that the rodents have an average mercury concentration of 005 g g and an average weight of 20 g how much mercury total mass would a bird of prey eat in a lifetime of 20 years if 5 of the mercury ingested is excreted from a bird of prey and we assume that the bird weighs a kilogram at its death what would be the concentration of mercury in that bird at that time please note that not all of the mercury in the prey is in the toxic methylmercury form so this question is a hypothetical illustration of what would be a maximum accumulation assume that the bird of prey dies because it was eaten by an owl the owl then eats two more almost identical birds of prey how many grams of mercury has the owl ingested in these three meals alone the biodiversity research institute has done a substantial amount of research looking at the mercury burden in bald eagles in maine here is a link to a poster presentation summarizing some recent work the mercury levels sampled among eaglets ranged from 008 to 127 ppm with an average of 059 ppm the mercury levels sampled from adult eagles ranged from 094 to 935 ppm for adults the average amount of mercury sampled from eagles living along rivers was 277 ppm for eagles living on lakes it was 426 ppm how does the mercury concentration measured in adult eagles compare to the concentration that we estimated as the maximum for our imaginary hawk if it is different what might explain the difference why do the adult eagles have so much more mercury than eaglets what might account for the wide range of values found in adult eagles notice the higher levels of mercury in eagles living along lakes what might explain this difference give 3 examples of other food chains involving humans in which pesticides may enter discuss the consequences of these pesticides entering these food chains an ecologist studied the presence of a toxic chemical in a lake she found the water had one molecule of the chemical for every billion molecules of water 1 ppb the algae had one part per million 1 ppm of the toxic chemical small animals zooplankton had 10 ppm small fish had 100 ppm large fish had 1000 ppm how do you explain the increase in this toxic chemical to 1000 ppm for the large fish use a drawing to help support your answer the ecologist found the chemical was mercury which had been emitted into the air many miles away from the lake how did so much of it get into the lake who would have a greater concentration of mercury in their body a person eating fish daily a person who eats fish weekly a person who eats fish only every now and then why is it recommended that you eat salmon sardines and smelt but not swordfish shark or pickerel  extension ideas  teachers focused primarily on preparing students to investigate mercury levels in insects or fish might find that this first activity provides all of the introduction to toxicology that students need teachers in health occupations however might usefully follow this lesson with the next two lessons in the science netlinks toxicology series  toxicology 2 finding the toxic dose and toxicology 3 toxicology and human health  biology teachers might want to connect this toxicology study to lessons on the structure of the cell there are also potential connections to the study of anatomy the society of toxicology suggests the following topics for more extensive student work on its topics in toxicology page gulf war syndrome thalidomide ddt aflatoxin lead domoic acid each topic is associated with a number of questions that require students to perform independent research the questions range from factual to interpretive to evaluative the goal is for students to gain enough information on a particular topic to be able to form an opinion about it the site also provides teacher s notes with a brief description of each of the topics and suggestions for use in a classroom toxicology discussion  teacher s cheat sheet these documents can be viewed by clicking the links below individual pdfs of each document can be downloaded from the attachments at the bottom of this web page answer key question sets handouts these documents can be viewed by clicking the links below individual pdfs of each document can be downloaded from the attachments at the bottom of this web page question sets  food chain game   mercury in watersheds background classroom activity  ',0),(268,'node',' key ideas prerequisites and misconceptions before you start key ideas introduced in this unit  mercury bioaccumulates mercury amounts in organisms increase at higher trophic levels mercury is toxic to humans and other organisms dragonflies are a key part of the aquatic food web and are exposed to mercury concepts and relationship  mercury can enter organisms in several ways mercury stays in the body for a long time mercury primarily affects the brain nervous system and kidneys a fetus that is exposed to mercury can be born with severe nerve and or kidney damage as well as developmental disabilities a study site contains a lot of components that might all have mercury soil water organisms plants etc get acquainted with you field site and start thinking about how it may be affected by mercury  vocabulary  bioaccumulation the collection of higher and higher concentrations of potentially toxic chemicals in individual organisms it occurs in the case of chemicals that are ingested but cannot be broken down or excreted biomagnification bioaccumulation occurring through several levels of a food chain food chain a set of organisms that feed one upon another linearly and thus pass energy along the chain an herbivore eats a plant the herbivore is eaten by a carnivore which is then eaten by another carnivore food web multiple interconnected food chains some animals eat and are eaten by many other types of organisms in a complex web life history the sequence and timing of events in an organism s life cycle for example some life history traits include how long an organism spends as a larva what it eats and when it is ready to reproduce macroinvertebrate an organism without a backbone that is large enough to be seen without a microscope mercury cycle the deposition and uptake of mercury from the emission source to the ingestion by organisms methylmercury the byproduct of metabolism by anaerobic bacteria typically living in an acidic environment with access to carbon and sulfur study organism the organism that is the subject of a research project toxicity the degree to which something is poisonous trophic level as organisms eat other organisms all the substances they contain are passed up the food chain or up tropic levels producers green plants and algae primary consumers herbivores secondary consumers carnivores student prerequisites  how to measure volume and square inches how to convert units such as g g to ppb or ppm see activity a in unit 1 proportions averages ranges computer skills library skills misconceptions about mercury  mercury is not a problem in maine quantities of mercury that we ingest are not sufficient to cause harm there is nothing interesting to study at my site  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(278,'node',' optional activity the road to toxicity   overview now that students have some background as to why mercury is an issue for humans and the environment they need to begin to get some idea about where it comes from and how it develops into a toxic form that can be ingested by living things students need to develop a basic understanding of how mercury gets into their pond field forest stream or other area that they are studying they also need to have a general feel for the factors that need to be present in order for the mercury to change into a form that can be absorbed by living things in short the students need a basic understanding of mercury chemistry there s more to it than the mercury chemistry of course students also need to understand how bioaccumulation works which means understanding the operation of food chains and food webs we will focus on food chains and food webs in unit 2 here in this first unit our objective is just to introduce the following basic ideas mercury is toxic in very small quantities mercury occurs in a number of forms in nature one of these forms methylmercury can be absorbed by living things and is very toxic in the northeast most mercury arrives through the air methylmercury is the byproduct of metabolism by anaerobic bacteria typically living in an acidic environment with access to carbon and sulfur before engaging in road to toxicity you will probably want to review the mercury cycle yourself environment canada has provided this schematic additionally the university of wisconsin at eau claire offers a simple diagram if using this diagram you may want to explain that the organic mercury is a reference to methylmercury the usgs has reprinted a useful schematic of the aquatic mercury cycle  the northeast waste management association has published a similar simpler diagram  if you are looking for a description of the cycle that digs more deeply in to the chemistry probably for your own use more than for students  princeton university s online publication is very useful about this activity this activity is built around a board game in which the students compete to become toxic each student starts out as airborne mercury the kind of mercury that is captured by the needles and leaves of the trees in the watersheds that the students are studying the goal is to convert to methylmercury to do that they need to bring together the three critical factors required for the transformation the right chemistry mercury sulfur and organic carbon preferably in an acidic environment an anaerobic environment and the sulfate reducing bacteria that take inorganic mercury and convert it to methylmercury as a byproduct of metabolism students can acquire these three critical factors either by landing on the right spaces and picking up a card or by stealing the required factor from another student who is not able to answer a pop quiz question about mercury as students move around the board they also pick up the facts about mercury that the need to provide correct answers on the pop quiz getting ready   materials print out enough copies of the game board on card stock if available and the rules cards and game pieces so that students can work in groups of 3 or 4 as they play the game students can cut out cards and pieces you will need a single six sided dice for each group here are the files that you need game board choose a size sized to print on a single 11x17 sheet of paper  allinone sized to print on a pair of 85 x 11 sheets of paper  top half   bottom half pieces rules and fact and factor cards the above files are also available for download from the lesson resources page student prerequisites how to measure volume and square inches parts of a circle proportions averages ranges computer skills library skills time needed activity procedure doing the activity using the game will be more successful for most students if you provide them with some background about the mercury cycle before introducing the game it is probably useful to put this background information in the context of the field work that the students will be doing in addition to relating it to the game you might want to print off one of the mercury cycle diagrams referenced above and then take the students through the different phases of the cycle working in groups students can play the road to toxicity game until you feel assured that most of them have developed mastery of the key facts about mercury chemistry and how it moves from inorganic into an organic toxic form once game play is complete you will probably want to revisit the mercury cycle once again with the class as whole using the assessment questions below to check and correct understanding  the rules the goal of the game is to become toxic to be converted from inorganic mercury to methylmercury the form that bioaccumulates in organisms you can become toxic in soils lakes streams or wetlands depending where you land each player picks a game piece thermometer power plant volcano hazardous waste shuffle each stack of cards fact and factor and place in a central location take turns rolling 1 die and move the number of spaces indicated if you land on a silver space pick up a fact card read the card aloud to the other players the information will be important later keep the card if you land on a green space pick up a factor card read it aloud to the other players keep this card scientists are currently debating the amount of each form in the atmosphere how each moves and how long they stay aloft the three forms are usually called hg 0 gaseous elemental mercury gem hg 2 reactive gaseous mercury rgm and hg p particulatebound mercury lindberg et al 2008   the road toxicity the road toxicity mercury toxicity   mercury in watersheds background classroom activity  ',0),(253,'node',' links at this time there are no links for this part of the curriculum june 22 2011  mercury in watersheds data analysis links  ',0),(252,'node',' links at this time there are no links for this part of the curriculum june 22 2011  mercury in watersheds fieldwork links  ',0),(260,'node',' standards overview of standards science and technology standard c the scientific and technological enterprise  students understand the history and nature of scientific knowledge and technology the processes of inquiry and technological design and the impacts science and technology have on society and the environment c1 understandings of inquiry performance indicators descriptors 9diploma students describe key aspects of scientific investigations that they are guided by scientific principles and knowledge that they are performed to test ideas and that they are communicated and defended publicly a describe how scientists defend their evidence and explanations using logical arguments and verifiable results statewide standards for health science careers communications b1 applies active listening skills b2 applies speaking skills b3 applies reading skills b4 applies writing skills b5 applies elements of communication using the senderreceiver model b6 uses communications technology b7 performs general information management tasks critical creative thinking c1 locates and researches information and data c3 displays planning and organization skills warranted list  students will work write and speak effectively when doing research in all content areas  career clusters  use communication skills demonstrate written communication skills use communication technology   mercury in watersheds presentation standards  ',0),(251,'node',' links  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(246,'node',' lesson resources  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(270,'node',' key ideas prerequisites and misconceptions key ideas introduced in this unit scientific discussion and argument are part of scientific research data interpretation is different from data collection effective oral presentations and posters communicate scientific research concepts and relationship  scientific research is never done the same set of data can be used for many different scientific discussions there are several means of scientific communication it is necessary to make the transition from data collection to data interpretation vocabulary  scientific argument a discussion challenge and or validation of a researcher s findings scientific poster a storyboard that describes a research project student prerequisites  grammar and punctuation sentence structure and paragraph development misconceptions about mercury  scientific argument is a fight or a personal attack i ve made posters in art class so this is the same thing good grammar sentence structure and spelling don t count because this is science class the data didn t support my hypothesis and i got it wrong so what s the sense of writing about it  mercury in watersheds key ideas presentation  ',0),(266,'node',' standards overview of standards mlr science technology standard b the skills and traits of scientific inquiry and technological design  students plan conduct analyze data from and communicate results of indepth scientific investigations and they use a systematic process tools equipment and a variety of materials to create a technological design and produce a solution or product to meet a specific need performance indicators descriptors 9diploma students plan conduct analyze data from and communicate results of indepth investigations including experiments guided by a testable hypothesis a identify questions concepts and testable hypotheses that guide scientific investigations including experiments with controls mlr ela standard c research  students engage in inquiry by developing research questions accessing and verifying a variety of sources communicating findings and applying the conventions of documentation students present findings orally in writing or using mixed media performance indicators descriptors 9diploma students develop research questions and modify them as necessary to elicit present and collect information from a wide variety of primary and or secondary sources and follow the conventions of documentation to communicate findings a select and apply research methods that are appropriate for the purpose of the inquiry mlr h pe standard a health concepts 4 environment and personal health performance indicators descriptors 9diploma students determine the interrelationship between the environment and other factors and personal health b analyze how environment and personal health are interrelated warranted list stj00 students will apply inquiry and problemsolving approaches in science and technology  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(259,'node',' links at this time there are no links for this part of the curriculum june 22 2011  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(241,'node',' discussing and presenting your research results in this unit students will learn how to produce meaningful posters and make oral presentations to communicate the results of their research project scientists need not only do research but also present the results of that research to the scientific community the public and policymakers there are several means of scientific communication journal articles oral presentations and posters here students communicate the results of their work in the form of a poster which they will present to a larger group of students parents the public or scientists toward the end of the school year if students have kept good notes and saved the results from each of the previous units making the poster will mostly be about summarizing and communicating that information and thinking a bit more about what it means the poster will include all the stages of the research project from gathering the background information to designing the project to data analysis and drawing conclusions from the work this last stage is key and allows the students to see the transition from data which are facts or hard numbers to interpretation which can be more subjective and bring in scientific reasoning judgment and thinking about tradeoffs for example for fishbased research did the research provide any insight as to whether the health benefits of omega3s from fish offset the potential health risk of mercury toxicity do students feel the current fish consumption advisory is adequate based on their data what would they do differently or what would they investigate next time the assessment piece allows students to become peer reviewers for others posters teaching them the skills of constructive criticism  mercury in watersheds background for teachers presentation  ',0),(239,'node',' data analysis after collecting data in the field and receiving results from the laboratory students will understand and apply the concepts of data analysis there are three important warmup activities that set up the conceptual understanding behind graphing and data display which are important in getting students to begin to think about data differently grouping data and making generalizations about patterns rather than seeing only the extremes the exercises build toward a key skill connecting the research question to the data three activities follow that deal more specifically with the data produced in the students own research the activities in this unit build from each other and we recommend doing them in the order presented here we strongly recommend that all graphing activities are done by hand on paper or whiteboards before students consider graphing using computer software to understand the concepts graphing by hand will focus attention on the data not the tool and is reasonable with our small data sets  mercury in watersheds background for teachers data analysis  ',0),(240,'node',' field sampling to support your scientific claim field sampling is exciting and can give your researchers ownership over the project that they would not have otherwise the activities here support the full range of the field sampling experience experimental design   preparing for sampling   environmental sampling and sample submission   mercury in watersheds background for teachers fieldwork  ',0),(283,'node',' essential activitywhere is mercury in our study site and how does it move  overview this is the essential activity within unit 2 and has students visit or virtually visit their field site in order to better understand its ecosystem and the food web that exists there diagramming these characteristics helps lead to a richer understanding of how mercury is transported in the environment background a review of mercury cycling in the environment elemental mercury hg 0 is released from natural and manmade sources it is a gas fairly insoluble and has an atmospheric halflife of six months to a year oxidized mercury hg ii can either be emitted from point sources or can be formed from the elemental mercury mentioned above via oxidation in the atmosphere this form of mercury does not last very long in the atmosphere but rather is deposited in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems oxidized mercury is very reactive because of this reactivity when hg ii enters the ecosystem it can be methylated to form methylmercury ch3hg although the entire process of methylation is not completely known we do know that for methylation to occur there must be an anoxic environment where sulfurreducing bacteria are abundant methylmercury may adsorb onto phytoplankton be absorbed by phytoplankton or be consumed by bacteria eating microorganisms mercury has now entered the food web from a health perspective human or other organism methylmercury is the mercury form that is of highest concern this is the form of mercury that organisms are most likely to be exposed to and it is the most toxic form see the diagrams and other materials in unit 1 for a review of the mercury cycle getting ready materials student notebooks for note taking at field site handouts or internet access medium for student diagram paper whiteboard poster board or computer time needed activity procedure   diagramming the mercury cycle for the study site s  ideally you are able to visit the field site student notebooks in hand and spend at least part of a class period looking around sketching or taking notes about the field site in general is it forested are there a lot of houses and industrial buildings around or is it rural are there farms nearby how big is the stream or pond are there wetlands is it hills or flat what types of trees and plants are around get students to have a mental picture of the site so they will have a frame of reference for the following units take photos or videos to help remember the details later on we will also be able to post these on a data sharing site soon if you are unable to visit the site as a class share some photos of the site consult hard copy maps or use google earth to get a view of some of the site s characteristics getting ready  get together the documents referenced below in hardcopy or gain access to computers for research these reports and information sources focus on mercury in the environment they are all resources that we reference in unit 1 so they may be things that you have already distributed to the students hubbard brook research foundation s mercury matters biodiversity research institute mercury connections us epa s mercury site doing the activity mercury cycle diagram  given 23 key literature references from the above resources plus the dragonfly fact sheets and some key words have the students construct a mercury cycle diagram that is specific to your study area and organisms  the diagram should reflect the kind of system that the students will be working with field stream pond coast and so on what would matter at students research sites the diagram can be done on paper collaboratively on a whiteboard on a computer or in poster formats the important thing is that they begin to think about what is living there about the food chain and about the way that mercury might enter the site and then accumulate consider having students develop a number of different versions of this diagram as they move through the entire program of inquiry and research you would expect the diagrams to get more detailed over time the goal at this first stage is to prepare the students for the next step in which they will be formulating research questions here are some suggestions and considerations make an initial visit to the field site to look at what types of media leaves soil water fish aquatic plants algae etc are components of the site have the students use their judgment to decide which sources and steps are appropriate for their own study system for example volcanoes are not a large source of mercury in maine neither is mining but rain and snow are important as are forest processes and wetlands encourage students to make a cartoon of what they see stick figures and rudimentary shapes are fine this is not a work of art if students are stuck ask them to take a dragonfly larva seye view visualize themselves as a dragonfly larva in the stream or lake what do they see and experience have them think of mercury moving in and out of contact with the larva along with food water and other necessities since we are focusing on research that the students will do they should not include information that is not relevant to the questions they will study for example they should not focus on terrestrial birds if they working with an aquatic system except perhaps to note that they could be affected by the part of the system under investigation the students should reference and cite the material from other sources that they use in their mercury diagram we would like you to post the mercury cycle diagram s scan or digital photo on the photo gallery so that students can understand each other s work  reflection assessment ideas formative  below are a number of questions that you might use either as homework or to stimulate some additional discussion question set for activity b why are there more fish mercury consumption advisories on the east coast of the united states than the west answer power plant emissions in the midwest are an important source of mercury other answers would include higher levels of acidity in northeastern lakes higher levels of sediment deposited in lakes by eastern rivers there are two ponds in your watershed one has 05 acres of wetland next to it the other has 40 acres of wetland next to it do you think the difference in amount of wetland will affect mercury concentrations in the fish of these two ponds if so how answer more wetland more opportunity for methylation by anaerobic bacteria in an adjacent watershed there are two other ponds one with highly oxygenated oxic sediments and one with areas of poorly oxygenated anoxic sediments do you think the difference in sediment types will affect mercury concentrations in the fish of these two ponds if so how answer poor oxygenation more methylation by anaerobic bacteria mercury bioavailability is influenced by a number of factors what factors do you think are most important at your site this is a very important question for the students to spend some time with you may want to consider engaging the students in a structured debate on the question  summative  pass out a blank piece of paper and ask the students to draw the mercury cycle extension ideas teachers focused primarily on preparing students to investigate mercury levels in insects or fish might find that this first activity provides all of the introduction to toxicology that students need teachers in health occupations however might usefully follow this lesson with the next two lessons in the science netlinks toxicology series  toxicology 2 finding the toxic dose and toxicology 3 toxicology and human health  biology teachers might want to connect this toxicology study to lessons on the structure of the cell there are also potential connections to the study of anatomy the society of toxicology suggests the following topics for more extensive student work on its topics in toxicology page gulf war syndrome thalidomide ddt aflatoxin lead domoic acid each topic is associated with a number of questions that require students to perform independent research the questions range from factual to interpretive to evaluative the goal is for students to gain enough information on a particular topic to be able to form an opinion about it the site also provides teacher s notes with a brief description of each of the topics and suggestions for use in a classroom toxicology discussion  teacher s cheat sheet these documents can be downloaded by clicking the links below individual pdfs are also on the lesson resources page answer key question set handouts these documents can be downloaded by clicking the links below individual pdfs are also on the lesson resources page question set dragonfly fact sheet  diagram the mercury cycle see the mercury foodwebs classroom activity drew diagrams   mercury in watersheds background classroom activity  ',0),(236,'node',' standards overview of standards science standard a unifying themes students apply the principles of systems models constancy and change and scale in science and technology a1 systems performance indicators 68 students describe and apply principles of systems in manmade things natural things and processes b explain how the output of one part of a system including waste products from manufacturing or organisms can become the input of another part of a system a4 scale performance indicators and descriptors 68 students use scale to describe objects phenomena or processes related to earth space matter and mechanical and living systems b use proportions averages and ranges to describe small and large extremes of scale ela standard c research students engage in inquiry by developing research questions accessing and verifying a variety of sources com municating findings and applying the conventions of documentation students present findings orally in writing or using mixed media c1 research performance indicators and descriptors 68 students propose and revise research questions collect information from a wide variety of primary and or secondary sources and follow the conventions of documentation to communicate findings a determine the nature and extent of information needed b locate and access relevant information c demonstrate facility with notetaking organizing information and creating bibliographies d distinguish between primary and secondary sources e summarize and interpret information presented in varied sources and or from fieldwork experiments and interviews f present findings by paraphrasing quoting sources and using proper citation g use information ethically and legally mlr mathematics standard b data students make measurements and collect display evaluate analyze and compute with data to describe or model phenomena and to make decisions based on data students compute statistics to summarize data sets and use concepts of probability to make predictions and describe the uncertainty inherent in data collection and measurement measurement and approximation performance indicators descriptors 8 2 students convert across measurement systems and within a system for different units in derived measures performance indicators descriptors 9diploma 1 students understand the relationship between precision and accuracy express answers to a reasonable degree of precision in the context of a given problem represent an approximate measurement using appropriate numbers of significant figures  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(262,'node',' standards overview of standards science and technology standard b the skills and traits of scientific inquiry and technological design  students plan conduct analyze data from and communicate results of indepth scientific investigations and they use a systematic process tools equipment and a variety of materials to create a technological design and produce a solution or product to meet a specific need performance indicators descriptors 9diploma  students plan conduct analyze data from and communicate results of indepth investigations including experiments guided by a testable hypothesis a  identify questions concepts and testable hypotheses that guide scientific investigations including experiments with controls a  use statistics to summarize describe analyze and interpret results mlr mathematics standard b data  students make measurements and collect display evaluate analyze and compute with data to describe or model phenomena and to make decisions based on data students compute statistics to summarize data sets and use concepts of probability to make predictions and describe the uncertainty inherent in data collection and measurement data analysis performance indicators descriptors 7 students use graphs and charts to represent organize interpret and draw inferences from data a  create tables pictograms bar graphs line graphs pie charts stem and leaf plots box whiskers plots and histograms using pencil and paper and electronic technologies b  draw conclusions based on graphs and charts including tables pictograms bar graphs pie charts stem and leaf plots box whiskers plots and histograms statewide standards health science careers critical creative thinking c1 locates and researches information and data c2 performs basic data analysis and evaluation c3 displays planning and organization skills c4 applies problemsolving skills c5 applies decisionmaking skills  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(256,'node',' classroom activities these activities will help with experimental design before field sampling  prepare your students for fieldwork  help with smooth operations during fieldwork  and assist in sample submission   mercury in watersheds classroom activity fieldwork  ',0),(295,'node',' essential activity do the data support my claim  overview students have collected data and created graphs charts illustrations or tables summarizing their results this is the evidence that will support or refute their project hypothesis now is the time to look at that evidence and figure out what it means the outcomes of this activity can be simple a statement addressing whether or not the hypothesis was supported and a few statements or bullet points discussing why or why not more generally an outcome is an increased understanding by students that the data are the facts and interpreting data is where some judgment calls come in it is important for students to go through the whole process from dealing with those facts to making the calls  getting ready begin by writing the hypothesis or hypotheses if groups had variations on the theme on the board or overhead be sure each group or the class has copies of their data products graphs etc in front of them activity procedure this activity is a thinking exercise it can be done in a number of ways a group discussion session setting up students in debate teams to argue the evidence one way or another or any number of other ways that facilitates discussion and ends with a general consensus one of the key skills in interpreting what data mean is to understand how to read a graph model for the students how to explain a graph or table for example for the following graph a description would go something like   this graph shows fish weight in kilograms on the x axis and the concentration of mercury in fish muscle in nanograms per gram on the y axis each dot represents a fish as fish weight increased muscle mercury increased this positive relationship is shown with a regression line the diagonal line on the graph the rsquared value tells us how good the relationship is this rsquared is pretty good 07  then end with the take home message of the graph in plainer english   so this graph says that as fish got bigger they had more mercury in their muscles  first elect a student to act as the class recorder writing thoughts on the board read aloud or have a student read aloud the hypothesis then have each group show its data product and explain what is shown make sure they describe what is on each axis or in each column list the units displayed and end with the important plain english sentence saying what it means if you can say what a data product s message is in plain english you ve got the finding internalized and not memorized have the recording student write down in words the description of the graph or table these words will become the legend for the figure when you re presenting results in unit 6 now ask students to make a judgment whether their hypothesis was supported or not supported based on the data they ve been shown this can be done with a show of hands a vote or a discussion emphasize that there is a bit of best professional judgment involved scientists can only base their findings on the evidence and often the evidence is incomplete or we wish we d sampled some additional variable this is why science is sometimes perceived as frequently changing or tentative finally have students discuss why they think the hypothesis was supported or not here is a list of leading questions to use if needed have the students coordinate and edit their thoughts down into the following statement of whether hypothesis was supported or not our hypothesis that x would be greater than y was was not supported by the data bullet points interpreting the findings  a what the data showed in fact mercury in y was greater than mercury in x as shown in figure 1  b thoughts why the hypothesis was or was not supported we were only able to catch big fish of one species so we could not determine whether size or species was more important also all of the biggest fish were caught in pond b so we could not compare within a single pond  c what would they do differently next time in the future students should consider only sampling in pond b and only sampling one species to remove the confounding effects of species and ponds   be sure to keep a hard copy or electronic version of the figures tables diagrams legends and bullet points you will use these in unit 6     assessment ideas students need to be able to create graphs to help tell their research stories more importantly in the class and in everyday life students need to be conscious consumers of information in a graphic form by peer reviewing other students graphs the students practice interpreting graphs and graph creators receive feedback to improve or clarify the story that they are trying to tell each student should review at least two graphs generated by other students and provide feedback the feedback that these students receive in turn should be used to improve or clarify their own graphs students are assessing the work of each other and in turn being assessed on their ability to be discriminating consumers of graphic information here is a worksheet of instructions that can be handed out to students extension   the skills used in this unit can help students interpret and understand the limitations of graphs and data using newspapers magazines or the internet have each student or group find several examples of graphs or data presentations in the public media have students interpret each graph either individually or in a group discussion ask them whether the graphs show a clear pattern differences or a relationship see if they can locate any fine print or estimates of the error in the data based on the data the empirical evidence shown in the graphs they ve found how much faith do they put in the conclusions of the graph producers using the graphs from the new york times you might ask students questions like what does each line represent do the authors tell you how much variability spread there is around each line the graph makes the pattern look very clear but there is probably a lot more noise if you could see all of the data do you think there s more variability in the men than the women how could you tell how would you know if there were real differences among time periods if you only looked at the both sexes graph what would you think the average life expectancy was for someone who was most deprived and how much difference does it make to separate the genders  documents these documents can be viewed by clicking the links below individual pdfs of each document can be downloaded from the attachments at the bottom of this web page handouts for the assessment student instructions  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(111,'node',' blog blog  not sure  ',0),(112,'node',' forum forum  not sure  ',0),(113,'node',' investigation  not sure  ',0),(114,'node',' links links  not sure  ',0),(17,'node',' calendar we need a calendar but not this one  this is a shared calendar named 1watershed visit your google calendar to make additions or changes requires a google account   1watershed  ',0),(123,'node',' upload this is a dummy upload form the implementation will force a project selection  testing  ',0),(124,'node',' download this is a dummy download form the implementation will force a project selection  testing  ',0),(125,'node',' sample submission this is a dummy sample submission form the implementation will force a project selection  testing  ',0),(126,'node',' data dummy data page for data literacy project  ',0),(143,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11212123 20091209 220742 ronan exp backup and migrate 2 for drupal 6x by ronan dowling gorton studios ronan at gortonstudios dot com description this module makes the task of backing up your drupal database and migrating data from one drupal install to another easier it provides a function to backup the entire database to file or download and to restore from a previous backup you can also schedule the backup operation compression of backup files is also supported there are options to exclude the data from certain tables such as cache or search index tables to increase efficiency by ignoring data that does not need to be backed up or migrated the backup files are a list of sql statements which can be executed with a tool such as phpmyadmin or the commandline mysql client installation put the module in your drupal modules directory and enable it in admin build modules go to admin user permissions and grant permission to any roles that need to be able to backup or restore the databse configure and use the module at admin content backupmigrate optional enable tokenmodule to allow token replacement in backup file names lighttpd users add the following code to your lighttpconf to secure your backup directories http url sites default files backupmigrate urlaccessdeny very important security note backup files may contain sensitive data and by default are saved to your web server in a directory normally accessible by the public this could lead to a very serious security vulnerability backup and migrate attempts to protect backup files using a htaccess file but this is not guaranteed to work on all environments and is guaranteed to fail on web servers that are not apache you should test to see if your backup files are publicly accessible and if in doubt do not save backups to the server or use the destinations feature to save to a folder outside of your webroot other warnings a failed restore can destroy your database and therefore your entire drupal installation always test backup files on a test environment first if in doubt do not use this module this module has only be tested with mysql and does not work with anyother dbms if you have experiences with postres or any other dbms and are willing to help test and modify the module to work with it please contact the developer at ronan at gortonstudios dot com make sure your php timeout is set high enough to complete a backup or restore operation larger databases require more time also while the module attempts to keep memory needs to a minimum a backup or restore will require significantly more memory then most drupal operations if your backup file contains the sessions table all other users will be logged out after you run a restore to avoid this exclude the sessions table when creating your backups be aware though that you will need to recreate the sessions table if you use this backup on an empty database do not change the file extension of backup files or the restore function will be unable to determine the compression type the file and will not function correctly if a restore fails don t panic the restore file should work with phpmyadmin s import function or with the mysql command line tool if it does not then it is likely corrupt you may panic now make sure that this module is not your only form of backup  ',0),(144,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 12021 20100705 213721 soxofaan exp readme file for the captcha module for drupal captchamodule is the basic captcha module offering general captcha administration and a simple math challenge submodule imagecaptchamodule offers an image based challenge installation installation is like with all normal drupal modules extract the captcha folder from the tar ball to the modules directory from your website typically sites all modules dependencies the basic captcha module has no dependencies nothing special is required conflicts known issues captcha and page caching do not work together currently however the captcha module does support the drupal core page caching mechanism it just disables the caching of the pages where it has to put its challenges if you use other caching mechanisms it is possible that captcha s won t work and you get error messages like captcha validation error unknown captcha session id configuration the configuration page is at admin user captcha where you can configure the captcha module and enable challenges for the desired forms you can also tweak the image captcha to your liking  ',0),(145,'help',' readme contents of this file overview required components more information and license requirements installation configuration installation troubleshooting plugins teaser break and pagebreak plugins mediaembed plugins imce uploading images and files how to install ckfinder modules link to content experimental setting up filters upgrading instructions help contribution credits overview this module allows drupal to replace textarea fields with the ckeditor this html text editor brings many of the powerful functions of known desktop editors like word to the web it s relatively lightweight and doesn t require any kind of installation on the client computer required components to use ckeditor in drupal you will need to download the ckeditor http ckeditorcom more information and licence ckeditor the text editor for the internet copyright c 20032011 cksource frederico knabben all rights reserved licensed under the terms of the gnu lesser general public license http wwwopensourceorg licenses lgpllicensephp for further information visit http ckeditorcom http drupalckeditorcom requirements drupal 6x php 430 or greater ckeditor 31 or greater http ckeditorcom installation configuration note this instruction assumes that you install ckeditor in sites all modules directory recommended 1 unzip the files in the sites all modules directory it should now contain a ckeditor directory 2 download ckeditor from http ckeditorcom download unzip the contents of the ckeditor directory in the sites all modules ckeditor ckeditor or sites all libraries ckeditor directory note you can skip uploading samples and source folders 3 enable the module as usual from drupal s admin pages 4 grant permissions for use of ckeditor in administer user management permissions note to enable the file browser read also the how to enable the file browser section 5 under administer site configuration ckeditor adjust the ckeditor profiles profiles determine what options are available to users based on systemwide roles in each profile you can choose which textareas will be replaced by ckeditor select default toolbar and configure some more advanced settings note user 1 must be assigned a system role that corresponds to the privileges required if no role is assigned to user 1 they will have the privileges of authenticated user 6 for the rich text editing to work you also need to configure your filters for the users that may access rich text editing either grant those users full html access or use the following tags  fore easier usage copying all tags are below in one line  if you re going to use ckeditor with filtered html input format please read also setting up filters section 7 to have a better control over line breaks you may disable line break converter in the chosen filter recommended 8 modify the ckeditorconfigjs file to custom your needs optional configuration options are available here http docscksourcecom ckeditorapi symbols ckeditorconfightml developers documentation for ckeditor http docscksourcecom ckeditor3x developersguide in ckeditorconfigjs you may define your own toolbars with selected buttons warning clear browser s cache after you modify any of the javascript files if you don t do this you may notice that browser is ignoring all your changes installation troubleshooting if your ckeditor does not show you must check if all files are extracted correctly the directory modules ckeditor ckeditor or libraries ckeditor should have the following files ckeditorjs configjs contentscss and directories skins themes lang images alternative directory can be sites all libraries ckeditor module automatically recognize proper path to editor libraries directory is default path when drush is used to download editor javascript the correct directory structure is as follows modules ckeditor ckeditormodule ckeditoradmininc ckeditor source images lang plugins skins themes copyheretxt ckeditorjs if you re still having problems scroll down to the help contribution section plugins teaser break and pagebreak by default ckeditor module comes with two plugins that can handle teaser break and pagebreak both plugins are automatically enabled 1 to add drupalbreak and drupalpagebreak buttons to the toolbar open sites all modules ckeditor ckeditorconfigjs and add them to the toolbar definition both buttons are enabled in drupalfiltered and drupalfull toolbars by default the drupalbreak button will automatically disappear from the toolbar on textareas where teaser cannot be created 2 note that the tag is not supported by default in drupal you should install the paging module http drupalorg project paging to enable the tag support please refer to the paging module documentation for detailed installation instructions if you don t install paging module the drupalpagebreak will automatically disappear plugins mediaembed mediaembed is a simple plugin that can be helpful when embedding youtube movies for example to enable it do the following 1 open drupal modules ckeditor ckeditorconfigjs 2 uncomment the following lines remove in ckeditorconfigjs configextraplugins configextraplugins mediaembed mediaembed ckeditorpluginsaddexternal mediaembed drupalsettingsckeditormodulepath plugins mediaembed 3 add button to the toolbar the button name is mediaembed for example if you have a toolbar with an array of buttons defined as follows link unlink anchor simply add button at the end of array or somewhere in the middle link unlink mediaembed anchor remember about single quotes plugins imce ckeditor comes with an imce plugin that adds a button to the toolbar that opens imce in a new window this might be helpful if you want to avoid having to open the image dialog and then clicking the browse server button and instead open imce with a single click to enable it do the following 1 open drupal modules ckeditor ckeditorconfigjs 2 uncomment the following lines remove in ckeditorconfigjs configextraplugins configextraplugins imce imce ckeditorpluginsaddexternal imce drupalsettingsckeditormodulepath plugins imce 3 add button to the toolbar the button name is imce for example if you have a toolbar with an array of buttons defined as follows link image simply add button at the end of array or somewhere in the middle link image imce remember about single quotes uploading images and files there are three ways of uploading files by using commercial file browser like ckfinder http ckfindercom by using modules like imce webfm image browser or by using the core upload module to select preferred file browser under administer site configuration ckeditor adjust ckeditor profiles in each profile you can choose which file browser will be used in file browser settings section note to choose imce webfm or image browser you should install an appropriate drupal module first how to install ckfinder ckfinder is an ajax based file manager created by ckeditor developers http ckfindercom 1 download ckfinder for php http ckfindercom download 2 unpack ckfinder to the directory with the ckeditor module into sites all modules ckeditor ckfinder the correct directory structure is as follows modules ckeditor ckeditormodule ckeditoradmininc ckfinder core ckfinderphp configphp ckeditor source images ckeditorjs 3 grant allow ckfinder file uploads permission in administer user management permissions note if you don t see such permission then it means that ckeditor didn t find ckfinder and you have probably uploaded ckfinder into wrong directory 4 open ckfinder configuration file sites all modules ckeditor ckfinder configphp and do the following i remove the checkauthentication function don t worry this function is defined in filemanagerconfigphp see below function checkauthentication  ',0),(146,'help',' readme  readme description this module provides an email field type for cck requirements the emailmodule requires the contentmodule to be installed optional modules invisimail spamspan token views installation 1 place the entire email directory into your drupal sites all modules directory 2 enable the email module by navigating to administer modules features validation of emails turns addresses into mailto links encryption of email addresses with o invisimail drupal 5 6 module needs to be installed o spamspan drupal 6 only module needs to be installed contact form see display settings provides tokens exposes fields to views note to enable encryption of contact form see settings under the display fields tabs author matthias hutterer mh86 drupalorg mhutterer hotmailcom ',0),(147,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 16 20090327 035637 quicksketch exp filefield provides an file field type to cck it provides many advantages over the drupal core upload module including perfield upload control file extensions file size pernode upload size limits multiple fields per content type customizable paths for saving uploads plus token support for dynamic paths icons for uploaded file types filefield was written by darrel opry dopry maintained by nathan haug quicksketch and andrew morton drewish dependencies content filefield also provides additional features when used with the following imagefield see an image preview during editing token generate dynamic paths when saving images imagecache create thumbnails of images on output if your site is any larger than a personal blog you should definitely install the following modules to increase the security and stability of your uploads transliteration convert unsafe characters to file system safe names mimedetect check the content of files to ensure they match the extension install 1 copy the filefield folder to the modules folder in your installation 2 enable the module using administer site building modules admin build modules 3 create a new file field in through cck s interface visit administer content management content types admin content types then click manage fields on the type you want to add an file upload field select file as the field type and file as the widget type to create a new field 4 upload files on the node form for the type that you set up  ',0),(148,'help',' readme imageapi a non writing image manipulation api for drupal this api is meant to be used in place of the api provided by imageinc you probably do not need to install this module unless another module are you using requires it it provides no new features to your drupal site it only provides an api other modules can leverage changes from imageinc api images are objects images are not written on each image operation and must be explicitly closed when processing is complete multiple image toolkits can be used simultaneously however only the image toolkit and image was opened with can be used to process it this is hidden in the imageapi layer api quick reference imageapiimagescaleandcrop image width height imageapiimagescale image width height upscale false imageapiimageresize image width height imageapiimagerotate image degrees bgcolor 0x000000 imageapiimagecrop image x y width height imageapiimagedesaturate image imageapiimageopen file toolkit false imageapiimageclose image destination image is an image object returned from imageapiimageopen expanding imageapi if you wish to expand on imageapi add a new wrapper function to imageapimodule do any common preprocessing for all underlying layers in the wrapper function then invoke the driver pay heed to the function naming in imageapi and imageapi gd if the toolkit changes the size of an image it must update the image info width and image info height variables all toolkit functions should return true on success and false on failure for more detailed documentation read imageapimodule dopry  ',0),(149,'help',' readme imageapi a non writing image manipulation api for drupal this api is meant to be used in place of the api provided by imageinc you probably do not need to install this module unless another module are you using requires it it provides no new features to your drupal site it only provides an api other modules can leverage changes from imageinc api images are objects images are not written on each image operation and must be explicitly closed when processing is complete multiple image toolkits can be used simultaneously however only the image toolkit and image was opened with can be used to process it this is hidden in the imageapi layer api quick reference imageapiimagescaleandcrop image width height imageapiimagescale image width height upscale false imageapiimageresize image width height imageapiimagerotate image degrees bgcolor 0x000000 imageapiimagecrop image x y width height imageapiimagedesaturate image imageapiimageopen file toolkit false imageapiimageclose image destination image is an image object returned from imageapiimageopen expanding imageapi if you wish to expand on imageapi add a new wrapper function to imageapimodule do any common preprocessing for all underlying layers in the wrapper function then invoke the driver pay heed to the function naming in imageapi and imageapi gd if the toolkit changes the size of an image it must update the image info width and image info height variables all toolkit functions should return true on success and false on failure for more detailed documentation read imageapimodule dopry  ',0),(150,'help',' readme imagecache is a dynamic image manipulation and cache tool it allows you to create a namespace that corresponds to a set of image manipulation actions it generates a derivative image the first time it is requested from a namespace until the namespace or the entire imagecache is flushed getting started 1 upload and enable both the imagecache and imagecache ui modules 2 go to administer site building imagecache click on the local task tab labeled add new preset to build a new set of image manipulation actions 3 enter a descriptive name of your choice eg productthumbnail into the preset namespace box and click create new preset 4 add actions to your preset that tell imagecache how to manipulate the original image when it is rendered for display available actions include crop scale desaturate grey scale resize and rotate multiple actions may be added to a preset 5 each action is configured in its own form and the actions may be reordered from the preset s configuration form if you need to make any changes to the order of actions in a preset remember to click update preset when you re finished viewing manipulated images your modified image can be viewed by visiting a url in this format http examplecom files imagecache presetname files imagenamejpg for example if your preset is named productthumbnail and your image is named greenwidgetjpg you could view your modified image at http examplecom files imagecache productthumbnail files greenwidget note each role that wishes to view the images generated by a particular preset must be given permission on the admin user permissions page imagecache also defines a theme function that you can use in your modules and themes to automatically display a manipulated image for example to use the theme function in a tplphp file add the following line where you would like the image to appear change presetnamespace to the name of your imagecache preset and make sure that imagefilepath or some other variable contains the actual filepath to the image you would like to display alt title and attributes are optional parameters that specify alt title text for the image element in the html or other attributes as specified in the attributes array using imagecache with contributed modules imagecache presets can be put to use in various other modules for example when using cck with the imagefield module you can use the display fields local task tab to choose a preset to apply to images in that field similarly you can specify a preset when displaying images attached to nodes using imagefield in a view through the views ui for more information refer to http drupalorg node 163561 images page names and form field names may refer to previous versions of imagecache but the concepts are the same  ',0),(151,'help',' readme imagecache is a dynamic image manipulation and cache tool it allows you to create a namespace that corresponds to a set of image manipulation actions it generates a derivative image the first time it is requested from a namespace until the namespace or the entire imagecache is flushed getting started 1 upload and enable both the imagecache and imagecache ui modules 2 go to administer site building imagecache click on the local task tab labeled add new preset to build a new set of image manipulation actions 3 enter a descriptive name of your choice eg productthumbnail into the preset namespace box and click create new preset 4 add actions to your preset that tell imagecache how to manipulate the original image when it is rendered for display available actions include crop scale desaturate grey scale resize and rotate multiple actions may be added to a preset 5 each action is configured in its own form and the actions may be reordered from the preset s configuration form if you need to make any changes to the order of actions in a preset remember to click update preset when you re finished viewing manipulated images your modified image can be viewed by visiting a url in this format http examplecom files imagecache presetname files imagenamejpg for example if your preset is named productthumbnail and your image is named greenwidgetjpg you could view your modified image at http examplecom files imagecache productthumbnail files greenwidget note each role that wishes to view the images generated by a particular preset must be given permission on the admin user permissions page imagecache also defines a theme function that you can use in your modules and themes to automatically display a manipulated image for example to use the theme function in a tplphp file add the following line where you would like the image to appear change presetnamespace to the name of your imagecache preset and make sure that imagefilepath or some other variable contains the actual filepath to the image you would like to display alt title and attributes are optional parameters that specify alt title text for the image element in the html or other attributes as specified in the attributes array using imagecache with contributed modules imagecache presets can be put to use in various other modules for example when using cck with the imagefield module you can use the display fields local task tab to choose a preset to apply to images in that field similarly you can specify a preset when displaying images attached to nodes using imagefield in a view through the views ui for more information refer to http drupalorg node 163561 images page names and form field names may refer to previous versions of imagecache but the concepts are the same  ',0),(152,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1121 20110127 022540 sun exp summary libraries api provides external library handling for drupal modules for a full description visit the project page http drupalorg project libraries bug reports feature suggestions and latest developments http drupalorg project issues libraries requirements none installation install as usual see http drupalorg node 70151 for further information contact current maintainers daniel f kudwien sun http drupalorg user 54136 tobias stöckler tstoeckler http drupalorg user 107158 this project has been sponsored by unleashed mind specialized in consulting and planning of drupal powered sites unleashed mind offers installation development theming customization and hosting to get you started visit http wwwunleashedmindcom for more information  ',0),(153,'help',' readme contents of this file introduction installation adding lightbox functionality to your images no grouping with grouping slideshow video html content support inline content support turning the image caption into a link keyboard shortcuts translation of configured strings known issues keyboard shortcuts in opera introduction maintainers stella power http drupalorg user 66894 daniel f kudwien http drupalorg user 54136 mark ashmead http drupalorg user 52392 documentation http drupalorg node 144469 licensed under the gnu gpl license based on lightbox v2033 by lokesh dhakar originally written to make use of the prototype framework and scriptacalous now altered to use jquery permission has been granted to mark ashmead other drupal lightbox2 module maintainers to distribute the original lightboxjs via drupalorg under this license scheme this file has been subsequently modified to make use of jquery instead of prototype scriptacalous this module enables the use of lightbox2 which places images above your current page not within this frees you from the constraints of the layout particularly column widths this module will include the lightbox css and js files in your drupal installation without the need to edit the theme the module comes with a lightbox2 lite option which does not use the jquery libraries it is therefore less likely to conflict with anything else installation 1 copy lightbox2 folder to modules directory 2 at admin build modules enable the lightbox2 module 3 enable permissions at admin user permissions 4 configure the module at admin settings lightbox2 5 modify your image links to open in a lightbox where necessary see adding lightbox functionality to your images section below 6 if you need to play flv files then you may need to install a flv player there are a number of freely available ones on the internet including http wwwjeroenwijeringcom adding lightbox functionality to your images no grouping add rel lightbox attribute to any link tag to activate the lightbox for example  image 1 image 1 optional to show a caption either use the title attribute or put in the second set of of the rel attribute with grouping if you have a set of related images that you would like to group follow step one but additionally include a group name between square brackets in the rel attribute for example  image 1 image 2 image 3 no limits to the number of image sets per page or how many images are allowed in each set go nuts if you have a set of images that you would like to group together in a lightbox but only wish for one of these images to be visible on your page you can assign the lightboxhideimage class to hide the additional images for example  image 1 image 2 image 3 slideshow this is very similar to the grouping functionality described above the only difference is that rel attribute should be set to lightshow instead of lightbox using the same example as above we could launch the images in a slideshow by doing  image 1 image 2 image 3 video it s possible to show video content in the lightbox in this case the rel attribute should be set to lightvideo it s possible to group videos and to control the size of the lightbox by setting the width and height properties the properties can be configured like lightvideo group width 300px height 200px and lightvideo width 300px height 200px my caption the properties should all be of the format property value note the closing semicolon if no properties are set then the default width and height of 400px will be used see below for more detailed examples basic example  google video example default size basic example with caption  google video example default size grouped example  grouped example 1 grouped example 2 controlling lightbox size example  google video example custom size supported video formats asx wmv mov and swf videos should all be supported a number of video providers are also supported for example youtube and google video for full details on how to integrate these with lightbox please see the online documentation html content support it s possible to show webpage content in the lightbox using iframes in this case the rel attribute should be set to lightframe again it s possible to group the content eg lightframe search but in addition to that it s possible to control some of the iframe properties it s possible to set the width height and scrolling properties of the iframe the properties are separated from the group name by a for example lightframe search width 100px and lightframe search width 100px my caption if no grouping is being used then the is still used and the format would be lightframe width 100px the properties should all be of the format property value note the closing semicolon if no iframe properties are set then the default width and height of 400px will be used see below for more detailed examples basic example  search google basic example with caption  search google grouped example  search google search yahoo controlling iframe property example  search google controlling iframe property when grouped example  search google search yahoo search yahoo inline content support it s possible to show html snippets in the lightbox that is on the same domain in this case the rel attribute should be set to lightmodal again it s possible to group the content eg lightmodal search but in addition to that it s possible to control some of the inline modal properties it s possible to set the width height and scrolling properties of the inline content the properties are separated from the group name by a for example lightmodal search width 100px and lightmodal search width 100px my caption if no grouping is being used then the is still used and the format would be lightmodal width 100px the properties should all be of the format property value note the closing semicolon if no properties are set then the default width and height of 400px will be used see below for more detailed examples basic example  search basic example with caption  search grouped example  search search published content controlling modal property example  search controlling modal property when grouped example  search search published content search unpublished content turning the image caption into a link if you wish to turn the caption into a link format your caption in the following way  ',0),(154,'help',' readme introduction it is a very simple module which provides an integration between widely used modules logintoboggan and rules installation 1 enable the module in the module listing page 2 in logintoboggan settings admin user logintoboggan check set password option 3 thats it for best results you may want to uncheck the immediate login option on logintoboggan settings this is just for cosmetic reasons as in most use cases you might want users to click on the verification link first before actually letting them in the site usage create a rule you will now see when the user account is validated event under logintoboggan category in this event the validated user s account information is available use this event to implement various automation tasks currently maintained by sudhir porwallucky gmailcom  ',0),(155,'help',' readme  readmetxt for logintobogganmodule for drupal this module was codeveloped by jeff robbins jjeff and chad phillips thehunmonkgroup with several features added by raven brooks rbrooks00 the login toboggan module improves the drupal login system in an external module by offering the following features 1 allow users to login using either their username or their email address 2 allow users to login immediately 3 provide a login form on access denied pages for nonloggedin anonymous users 4 the module provides two login block options one uses javascript to display the form within the block immediately upon clicking log in the other brings the user to a separate page but returns the user to their original page upon login 5 customize the registration form with two email fields to ensure accuracy 6 optionally redirect the user to a specific page when using the immediate login feature 7 optionally redirect the user to a specific page upon validation of their email address 8 optionally display a user message indicating a successful login 9 optionally have unvalidated users purged from the system at a predefined interval please read the caveats section of installtxt for important information on configuring this feature users who choose their own password can be automatically assigned to a selected nonauthenticated role this role could have more permissions than anonymous but less than authenticated thus preventing spoof accounts and spammers the user will only be removed from the nonauthenticated role and granted authenticated permissions when they verify their account via a special email link or when an administrator removes them from the nonauthenticated role the module does not require any patches to core or other special configurations  ',0),(156,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 114221 20091111 180724 jareyero exp readmetxt drupal module messaging drupal messaging framework this is a messaging framework to allow message sending in a channel independent way it will provide a common api for sending while allowing plugins for multiple channels this messaging framework has been primarily developed to be used by the notifications framework see drupal notifications module for an usage usage example implementing the full messaging capabilities online documentation includes end user and development handbooks http drupalorg node 252582 simpletest tests for this module will run on simpletest 6x28 old version about this see http drupalorg node 584596 features provides a method agnostic api for composing and sending messages handles message composition and formatting depending on sending method supports multiple plugins for different message methods supports push and pull message delivery plugins provided in this package messagingmail integration with drupal core mail api messagingprivate integration with privatemsg messagingsimple provides a simple ui for viewing pending messages for a user messagingmimemail mime mail integration messagingphpmailer html mails through phpmailer messagingdebug debugging tools for developers note some of the plugins depend on other packages and may not be available yet for drupal 6 developers tim cullen jeff miccolis jose a reyero development seed http wwwdevelopmentseedorg ',0),(157,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11212121 20091112 180400 jareyero exp notifications readmetxt this is a complete notifications subscriptions framework the notifications module is the main engine but it doesn t provide by itself any subscriptions or ui besides the administration pages you ll need to enable some subscription types content taxonomy and some ui module notificationsui for it to work it includes several types of subscriptions content taxonomy event and message queueing pluggable event types pluggable subscription types read online handbook at http drupalorg node 252592 dependencies tokens module http drupalorg project tokens messaging module http drupalorg project messaging simpletest tests for this module will run on simpletest 6x28 old version about this see http drupalorg node 584596 this module was originally based on the subscriptions module http drupalorg project subscriptions the code has been used as an starting point but the framework has been completely rewritten developers tim cullen jeff miccolis jose a reyero development seed http wwwdevelopmentseedorg  ',0),(158,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1241 20090610 162306 weitzman exp the ogactions module is a collection of actions their most common use case is in conjunction with the views bulk operations module together these modules make a terrific admin dashboard for putitng content into and out of groups and adding removing members from groups requirements ogmodule suggested triggermodule or workflowmodule or rulesmodule or viewsbulkoptionsmodule actions there are 11 actions in this module here is a sampling nonconfigurable actions make the node publicly visible this action will make the node visible to the public this has the same effect as checking the public box on node creation make the node private to its groups this action has the opposite of make the node publicly visible this action is equivalent to unchecking the public box on node editing remove the node from all groups this is action will remove all group ties to this node this will occur even if you have selected audience required in your organic group settings configurable actions add the node to the specified group this action allows an administrator to select a group and add nodes to it any currently published organic group node type will be listed in large lists this could potentially be a very long list this action could potentially add a node that is in the excluded content type list remove the node from the specified group this action removes the node from the selected groups potentially it could remove the last group from the node even if audience required is selected in organic groups notes if you are using workflowmodule with this module you may find that your actions are not taking effect during node creation to fix this bug use the following sql query in your database update system set weight 10 where name workflow this will ensure that og adds its data to the node before workflow attempts to act on it you could alternatively set workflow s weight in the system table using the weight module ',0),(159,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 14 20081104 185559 karthik exp ognotifications integrates og with the notifications and messaging modules family thereby enabling such features as group subscriptions administrative notifications etc the notifications and messaging modules extend beyond simple email based delivery systems and provide other avenues to contact recipients such as private messages simple alerts and if supported even sms the delivery options are customisable by the end user installation configuration install organic groups messaging token notifications notificationslite notificationscontent and any other dependant modules prior to enabling ognotifications ensure that they are all up to date in addition to the above install at least one messaging delivery module such as simple mail it is also recommended that the notifications ui module is enabled to provide interface options enable ognotifications if this is an upgraded installation all relevant data will be migrated over automatically the messaging and notifications modules can be configured via admin messaging besides all the generic options settings particular to organic groups can be found in admin messaging notifications content the organic groups configuration page at admin og og contain further options for customising notification settings such as autosubscription and default message templates group pages now have a broadcast tab previously the email tab which will allow privileged users to broadcast messages to all group members via the notifications module end users can configure their individual preferences via their account pages these include autosubscription and delivery options more information can be obtained from the documentation of the notification messaging and other related modules credits authored by karthik kumar zen http drupalorg user 21209 sponsored by kevin millecam webwise solutions  ',0),(160,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 16046 20090922 030430 weitzman exp description enable users to create and manage their own groups each group can have members and maintains a group home page where members can post into posts may be placed into multiple groups ie crossposting and individual posts may be shared with nonmembers or not membership to groups may be open closed moderated or invitation only addon modules are available for group image galleries group calendars group vocabulary group stores and so on groups may choose their own theme and language groups have rss feeds and email notifications and so on group admins may customize the layout and contents of their group home page and add additional custom pages requires the upcoming og panels module installation enable the organic groups and organic groups views integration modules if you want to protect some posts so that only certain users may view them enable the organic groups access control module as well please make sure og is working well on its own before enabling other og related modules on the administer organic groups configuration page see the content types table at the top click edit beside each type to set its usage disable comments and attachments for node types which are designated as group nodes you usually want to create a new node type via admin content types page and then designate that content type as a group node see the first item in notes below set other preferences on admin og og as desired it may take some experimenting before you arrive at a configuration well suited to your needs on the administer site building blocks page enable the group details and drag it toward the top of your list optionally enable the other group blocks grant permissions as needed on the admin user permission page begin creating groups visit the node add page joining those groups and posting into those groups the join link appears in the group details block for non inviteonly groups consider enabling the following modules which work well with og pathauto locale notifications after your install is working nicely consider enabling more og addon modules like ogmandatorygroup ogvocab and ogpanels those are known to work well with og some of the others on drupalorg are poorly integrated and will cause problems see http drupalorg project modules category 90 notes this module supports designating any content type to act as a group this content type should be defined by a custom module or via the admin content types page when defining your type you usually want the title label to be group name and the body label to be welcome message since all nodes of this type are treated as groups you will usually not want to designate the standard page story or book node types as groups the feature where custom content types may act as groups enables you to have custom fields for your groups and even different cck fields for different kinds of groups ie content types there are a few handy tabs at the path group you might want to add a link in your navigation to that url each tab also provides a useful rss feed administer nodes permission is required for changing the manager of a group do so by changing the posts author administer nodes permission enables viewing of all nodes regardless of private public status all membership management happens on the membership list page which is linked from the group details block while viewing a group page this includes approving membership requests for selective groups adding removing users and promoting users into group admins if you decide to stop using organic groups just disable it as usual if you ever decide to reenable all your prior group access control information will be restored if you want to start fresh uninstall og ogviews and ogaccess modules developers site builders you may craft your own urls which produce useful behavior for example user register gids 4 will add a checked checkbox for to the user s registration page for subscribing to group nid 4 this feature overrides the usual preference for groups to always appear during registration you may alter the links in the group details block using hookoglinksalter links groupnode see ogblockdetails the current group context is available to javascript code at drupalsettingsog this is useful for enriching ad tags and analytics calls with group information use views bulk operations module to mass update user memberships and also content affiliations themes you may wish to stylize nodes which have properties assigned by this module public vs private posts are denoted by node ogpublic ogaccess provides private posts provided in this package are two template files which are in use by default for both groups and group posts these can be starting points for your customization of look and feel of your group to customize copy one or both to your theme directory and edit as desired your theme directory must also impement nodetplphp for your overrides to be recognized or you might use the ogpanels module to achieve custom group homepages and other group pages that group admins can design themselves integration i recommend enabling the cron features of notifications messaging modules when you do group email notifications are sent during cron runs instead of immediately after a post is submitted this speeds up posting a lot for big groups the delay also helps authors fix typos in their posts before the mail is sent this module exposes an api for retrieving and managing membership via direct php functions ogsavesubscription and via xmlrpc unit testing this module comes with a few unit tests please help update and build more of them see http drupalorg simpletest todo bugs feature requests see http drupalorg project issues og please search before filing issues in order to prevent duplicates upgrading from 50 to 6x the upgrade autoenables the new ogviews module this is needed to get the same functionality that was present in d5 there is no support for migrating custom views please redo those in views2 you might need to use a relationship group members block og 2 block is now served by views views ogmembersblockblock1 group search is now in its own block which must be enabled manually it used to be integrated into the group details block upgrading from 47 to 5x you must update to 5x before updating to 6 credits authored and maintained by moshe weitzman contributors gerhard killesreiter angie byron derek wright thomas ilsche ted serbinski damienvancouver sponsored by bryght http wwwbryghtcom sponsored by broadband mechanics http wwwbroadbandmechanicscom sponsored by finnish broadcasting company http wwwylefi fbc sponsored by post carbon institute http wwwpostcarbonorg  ',0),(161,'help',' working with the panels api panels is a pluggable rendering engine apart from its datastructure almost nothing in panels is hardcoded every level of its rendering process is controlled by plugins of the ctools variety and therefore can be overriden some of these plugins behaviors are obvious from the ui whereas others are much more underthehood most site builders and module authors will find that plugins are the only way they need to interact with panels to do what they want however if you are building whole new uis applications that are to be driven by the panels engine you ll also need the more traditional api that manages panels editing and crud panels node and mini panels are examples of applications in this sense as is og panels  this page is divided into two sections the first dealing with panels rendering system the plugins the drive it and the second with the requirements for creating a panelsdriven application ui the former is a good starting place and should be of interest to anyone wanting to begin working with the panels api the panels rendering system panels rendering system takes a fullyloaded panelsdisplay object and turns it into html it doesn t care how that object was built or where it comes from it s just a rendering engine so long as the calling code provides a wellformed panelsdisplay object the engine will spit out html exactly how that process works is determined entirely by plugins panels utilizes eight different types of plugins within its rendering system four owned by panels and four by ctools let s run through that list layout plugins owned by panels layout plugins provide the html output skeleton for any panel they define a set of regions and optionally accompanying css js very analogous to how themes define block regions while layout plugins with complex logic are possible the flexible layout for example most layouts are nothing more than a region list a tplphp skeleton and some css style plugins owned by panels style plugins control the markup that wraps both individual panes and whole panel regions a basic style plugin need not provide more than some basic css and a theme function or tplphp file style bases owned by ctools panels implements the stylebases plugin type in order to interact with the stylizer system which technically lives in ctools though true ownership is a little blurred regardless panels uses this plugin to interact with stylaizer in order to allow the creation of style plugins in the ui this plugin is probably of interest only to module developers site builders can safely skip it context plugins owned by ctools context plugins are abstracted wrappers around bits of data a node user or taxonomy term are easy examples panels uses context plugins so that it can work with all these different bits of data without caring about the details of the datastructure itself context can be a confusing concept and you can learn more in the ctools help  note that argument and relationship plugins are technically also used by panels but because they re really means for creating more context they don t get separate entries in this list content type plugins owned by ctools can utilize context at the heart of the panels rendering process content type plugins define the rendering logic for every pane offering panels a renderable chunk from your module means defining one of these for those accustomed to the block system they can be thought of as a more verbose block definition contained neatly inside a single plugin content type plugins rely on context to provide them with source data when necessary this makes content plugins nice and portable access plugins owned by ctools can utilize context access plugins are essentially portable access checking logic responsible for answering yes or no given some contextual data panels uses these to define visibility rules on individual panes the other place these are commonly seen is in defining selection rules on page manager variants if your module introduces new permissioning concepts or access logic not a basic hookperm implementation you may want to consider also encapsulating that logic in one or more of these plugins for example organic groups might implement an access plugin to allow deny based on group membership or the date module might implement allow deny logic based on request time cache plugins owned by panels should utilize context panels cache plugins define caching strategies that can be applied to individual panes or to whole displays caching plugins must deal with two basic issues the cache backend to use for reading writing and ttlmanaging strategies ttl strategies can and should integrate heavily with the context as that is where the real differential benefit of panelsbased caching is vs standard core caching display renderers owned by panels utilizes everything else in the simplest terms display renderers take a fullyloaded panelsdisplay object and render it they are very complex powerful plugins one could use them to cause panels to bypass every single other plugin in this list fortunately there is virtually no circumstance under which one would need to implement these plugins in the process of building a single site only contrib developers working on highly complex use cases are likely to ever need them in short each display renderer plugin is a selfcontained panels rendering engine if you want to grok the panels rendering system study these panelsbased applications at its core panels is a rendering engine with no ui though it does provide common elements for reuse in admin uis so if you re working with panels via the web ui it means you re working with a panels application the three that ship with this version of panels are mini panels panel nodes and the integration with ctools page manager panels also implements a taskhandler plugin which is owned by page manager in ctools task handlers aren t strictly a part of panels rendering system itself though strictly speaking they wrap it so we won t cover them here  ',0),(162,'help',' layout plugins getting started  layout plugins are one of the simplest and most powerful sections of the panels api there are two different ways that a layout can be implemented via panels panels supports both module and theme implementations of panels the module implementation requires that hookctoolsplugindirectory define the directory in which your layout plugins exist this same hook defines the directory for all panels plugins alternately if you intend on implementing a layout in a theme this can be done primary through the theme s info file the ctools help does a great job of actually explaining this portion of the api ctools plugins  ctools explains even the layout hooks a little in its example but we ll recap quickly and expand on this information as ctools explains the actual plugin file must be named with care as it will directly affect your naming scheme for the hook within it this is really no different from any other hook within drupal except that we ll be using multiple replacements in this case the function we re looking to implement is an instance of function yourmodulepluginnameownermoduleplugintype in our case we already know that the function will be function yourmodulepluginnamepanelslayouts this is because the plugin type we re working with is a layout and the module that implements these layouts is the panels module for the rest of the naming scheme yourmodule will be replaced with either the name of your module that implements this layout or the name of the theme and pluginname will be replaced with whatever the name of the plugin file is for purposes of this example our module name us going to be layoutsample and our plugin will be firstlayout  directory structure  we re going to assume that you ve laid your directory structure out very similarly to how panels does it something like this is rather likely layoutsample layoutsampleinfo layoutsamplemodule plugins layouts firstlayout firstlayoutcss firstlayoutinc firstlayoutpng layoutsamplefirstlayouttplphp the name of our inc file is going to be the key to the entire layout plugin the inc file  we will start with the firstlayoutinc file as it s the most important file we re dealing with here firstlayoutinc will look similar to the following plugin array title t first layout icon firstlayoutpng theme layoutsamplefirstlayout css firstlayoutcss panels array main t main region right t right region the include file defines all the other files that our layout will utilize in order to be truly useful the array is fairly self explanitory but for the sake of specificity  title  the title of our layout utilized within the panels administration screens  icon  the graphical representation of our layout utilized within the panels administration screens  theme  the template file of our layout sharp eyed readers will note that the theme definition utilizes underscores instead of dashes and does not have tplphp after it this is refering to the layoutsamplefirstlayouttplphp file all the same it is simply how the naming convention works utilize dashes in the tpl file name and underscores when refering to it in your include file  css  the css file to be utilized for our layout utilized within the panels administration screens and when viewing the actual panel itself  panels  defines all the various regions within your panel this will be further utilized within our tplphp file there are many additional properties that can be added to the include file for purposes of this document we ll also make mention of the admin css property admin css is especially useful when utilizing a fixed width layout with fixed with panel regions this can break under most administrative circumstances and panels provides you with the ability to give an additional css layout for the administrative section it s a simple nicety and looks like this plugin array title t first layout icon firstlayoutpng theme layoutsamplefirstlayout css firstlayoutcss admin css firstlayoutadmincss panels array main t main region right t right region  the tplphp file  the tplphp file is very similar to any other template file within drupal the difference here is that we re being passed an array of regions through content and we also have a css id available to us for the entire panel in the form of cssid the template is very straight forward and will look similar to the following div class paneldisplay panelstackedtwothirdsonethird clearblock php if empty cssid print id cssid div class panelpanel panelcolfirst panelregionmain div class inside php print content main div div div class panelpanel panelcollast panelregionright div class inside php print content right div div div this is simply an example of what the html could look like you can alter an update this html to fit your own needs the other files  the css and png files are as simple as any other css or png file you ve ever utilized panels provides some images for its graphical representations of its layouts i would heavily encourage you to modify these to suit your needs the css files admin and non will be included at the appropriate times simply set them up to fit your purposes if you re utilizing fixed width panel regions it s probably smart to provide an admin css file as well with your panel layout  ',0),(163,'help',' style plugins ',0),(164,'help',' readme description configurable tabs panel style provides 3 kinds of tabs normal tabs horizontal filling disabled horizontally filling equal width tabs sets the width property forcing each tab to be equally wide if the text doesn t fit in the tab the overflow will be hidden horizontally filling smart width tabs calculates the length of the text in each tab and compares this to the total length of the text on all tabs it then sets the width property of each tab according to the percentage of text the tab contains pager links inside panels eg views with pagers will automatically be updated to ensure that the same tab is opened when the page is loaded dependencies panels 23 drupal 6 or 2 drupal 5 http drupalorg project panels a 5x2xdev tarball of july 6 or later or alternatively beta 5 with this patch applied http drupalorg node 278861 tabs drupal6 http drupalorg project tabs drupal 5 part of javascript tools http drupalorg project jstools installation 1 place this module directory in your modules folder this will usually be sites all modules 2 enable the module 3 go to the layout settings tab of the panels page mini panel on which you want to apply this style troubleshooting this module does not have any css of itself css is provided by the tabs module the tabs module itself only overrides the tabs style defined by the theme this means that you need a theme that already supports tabs or you won t see any tabs at all eg garland has tabs see http drupalorg node 258177 sponsors initial development paul ektov of http autobinru author wim leers mail work wimleerscom website http wimleerscom work the author can be contacted for paid customizations of this module as well as drupal consulting development and installation  ',0),(165,'help',' readme description this module allows you to generate the following printerfriendly versions of any node web page printerfriendly version at wwwexamplecom print nid pdf version at wwwexamplecom printpdf nid send byemail at wwwexamplecom printmail nid where nid is the node id of content to render a link is inserted in the each node configurable in the content type settings that opens a version of the page with no sidebars search boxes navigation pages etc installation follow the instructions in the provided installtxt file configuration there are several settings that can be configured in the following places administer site building modules admin build modules enable or disable the module default disabled administer user management permissions admin user permissions under print module access print enable access to the pf page and display of the pf link in other pages default disabled administer print enable access to the module settings page default disabled administer content management content types admin content types for each content type it is possible to enable or disable the pf link via the show printerfriendly version link checkbox default enabled it is also possible to enable or disable the pf link in individual comments via the show printerfriendly version link in individual comments checkbox default disabled administer site configuration printerfriendly admin settings print this is where all the modulespecific configuration options can be set to modify the template of printer friendly pages simply edit the printtplphp or the css printcss files it is possible to set percontenttype and or themespecific templates which are searched for in the following order 1 print format node type tplphp in the theme directory 2 print format node type tplphp in the module directory 3 print format tplphp in the theme directory 4 print format tplphp in the module directory 5 printnode type tplphp in the theme directory 6 printnode type tplphp in the module directory 7 printtplphp in the theme directory 8 printtplphp in the module directory supplied by the module format is either html mail or pdf and type is drupal s node type eg page story etc api printinsertlink printmailinsertlink printpdfinsertlink the insertlink functions are available to content developers that prefer to place the printerfriendly link in a custom location it is advisable to disable the regular printerfriendly link so that it is not shown in both locations calling the function like this printinsertlink will return the html for a link pointing to a printerfriendly version of the current page it is also possible to specify the link to the page yourself printinsertlink print 42 will return the html pointing to the printerfriendly version of node 42 themeable functions the following themeable functions are defined themeprintformatlink themeprintmailformatlink themeprintpdfformatlink returns an array of formatted attributes for the printerfriendly link printpdfdompdffooter html format the dompdf footer contents printpdftcpdfheader pdf html font format the tcpdf header printpdftcpdfpage pdf format the tcpdf page settings margins etc printpdftcpdfcontent pdf html font format the tcpdf page content printpdftcpdffooter pdf html font format the tcpdf footer contents printpdftcpdffooter2 pdf format the tcpdf footer layout more information for more information consult the modules documentation at http drupalorg node 190171 acknowledgments the print pdf and mail icons are copyright plone foundation thanks for letting me use them id readmetxt v 1729 20090219 233914 jcnventura exp  ',0),(166,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 113422623 20090923 172735 robloach exp recaptcha for drupal the recaptcha module uses the recaptcha web service to improve the captcha system and protect email addresses for more information on what recaptcha is please visit http recaptchanet installation 1 extract the recaptcha module to your local favourite modules directory sites all modules configuration 1 enable recaptcha and captcha modules in admin build modules 2 you ll now find a recaptcha tab in the captcha administration page available at admin user captcha recaptcha 3 register for a public and private recaptcha key at http recaptchanet api getkey 4 input the keys into the recaptcha settings the rest of the settings should be fine as their defaults 5 visit the captcha administration page and set where you want the recaptcha form to be presented admin user captcha mailhide input format the recaptcha module also comes with an input format to protect email addresses this of course is optional to use and is only there if you want it the following is how you use that input filter 1 enable the recaptcha mailhide module admin build modules 2 head over to your input format settings admin settings filters 3 edit your default input format and add the recaptcha mailhide filter 4 click on the configure tab and put in a public and private mailhide key obtained from http mailhiderecaptchanet apikey 5 use the rearrange tab to rearrange the weight of the filter depending on what filters already exist make sure it is before the url filter note you will require the installation of the mcrypt php module in your web server for mailhide to work http uk2phpnet manual en refmcryptphp multidomain support since recaptcha uses api keys that are unique to each domain if you re using a multidomain system using the same database the recaptcha module won t work when querying the recaptcha web service if you put the following into your sites mysite settingsphp file for each domain it will override the api key values and make it so multidomain systems are capable conf array recaptchapublickey my other public key recaptchaprivatekey my other private key custom recaptcha theme you can create a custom recaptcha theme widget by setting the theme of the recaptcha form to custom in the recaptcha administration page this will output a custom form that is themeable through the theme function themerecaptchacustomwidget if you don t implement this function it is still quite easily customizable through manipulating the css for more information on this visit http recaptchanet apidocs captcha clienthtml customization changelog http drupalorg project cvs 147903 branch drupal61 thank you thank you goes to the recaptcha team for all their help support and their amazing captcha solution http wwwrecaptchanet  ',0),(167,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 113422623 20090923 172735 robloach exp recaptcha for drupal the recaptcha module uses the recaptcha web service to improve the captcha system and protect email addresses for more information on what recaptcha is please visit http recaptchanet installation 1 extract the recaptcha module to your local favourite modules directory sites all modules configuration 1 enable recaptcha and captcha modules in admin build modules 2 you ll now find a recaptcha tab in the captcha administration page available at admin user captcha recaptcha 3 register for a public and private recaptcha key at http recaptchanet api getkey 4 input the keys into the recaptcha settings the rest of the settings should be fine as their defaults 5 visit the captcha administration page and set where you want the recaptcha form to be presented admin user captcha mailhide input format the recaptcha module also comes with an input format to protect email addresses this of course is optional to use and is only there if you want it the following is how you use that input filter 1 enable the recaptcha mailhide module admin build modules 2 head over to your input format settings admin settings filters 3 edit your default input format and add the recaptcha mailhide filter 4 click on the configure tab and put in a public and private mailhide key obtained from http mailhiderecaptchanet apikey 5 use the rearrange tab to rearrange the weight of the filter depending on what filters already exist make sure it is before the url filter note you will require the installation of the mcrypt php module in your web server for mailhide to work http uk2phpnet manual en refmcryptphp multidomain support since recaptcha uses api keys that are unique to each domain if you re using a multidomain system using the same database the recaptcha module won t work when querying the recaptcha web service if you put the following into your sites mysite settingsphp file for each domain it will override the api key values and make it so multidomain systems are capable conf array recaptchapublickey my other public key recaptchaprivatekey my other private key custom recaptcha theme you can create a custom recaptcha theme widget by setting the theme of the recaptcha form to custom in the recaptcha administration page this will output a custom form that is themeable through the theme function themerecaptchacustomwidget if you don t implement this function it is still quite easily customizable through manipulating the css for more information on this visit http recaptchanet apidocs captcha clienthtml customization changelog http drupalorg project cvs 147903 branch drupal61 thank you thank you goes to the recaptcha team for all their help support and their amazing captcha solution http wwwrecaptchanet  ',0),(168,'help',' readme drupal service links module 2x original author fredrik jonsson fredrik at combonet dot se ex maintainer sivanandhan p apsivam at apsivam dot in current mantainer and starter of 2x branch fabio mucciante aka thecrow current comantainer rob loach requires drupal 6 license gpl see license overview the service links module enables admins to add many of social service links an example s list could be delicious digg facebook furl google icerocket linkedin magnoliacom myspace newsvine pubsub reddit stumbleupon technorati twitter yahoo buzz yahoo and there are a lot more from around the world through plugin service links support too favorite bookmark it work for ie and firefox the admin can decide to show the links as text image or both to show only for certain node types or some categories to show in teaser view or full page view or both if the links should be added after the body text or in the links section or in a block decide what roles get to see use the service links 2x version introduced modular management of services grouped by different language area visual sort of services through drag n drop a block with fisheye effect a block for notnode pages support for other drupal modules forward views short url sharethis share support for browser bookmark autohide for unpublished nodes configurable configurable label for the block shown in the node params can be stick to the url address and plus the support for aggregator2 has been removed obsolete but it work well with aggregation installation and configuration copy the whole servicelinks folder under your modules directory and then enable the modules service links and general services at administer modules go to administer access control for allow users to watch the links for configurate the options go to at administer settings servicelinks under the tab services sort and enable the services needed extend the list of services for developers 2x branch introduce a fast and less intrusive method for expand the number of services supported 1 create your own module under services folder with standard info and module files watch generalservices as basic example module file must implement the hookservicelinks that return an array like function myaddonservicelinks links array links myservice array name my service link http myservicecom q title description t bookmark it on my service return links notes i be sure that myservice know as serviceid is unique ii tags allowed 2 put the related standard icon myservicepng under images folder notes i standard filename must be the same of serviceid png extension ii for overwrite the standard filename just include the key icon links myservice array icon drupalgetpath module myservice anothernamegif 3 enable the module under admin modules page and under settings service links services complete the job include service links in your theme in the included templatephp file there are examples about how to insert service links into a phptemplate theme remember to place the templatephp file in the folder of your theme or integrate it with the content of templatephp provided by your theme last updated id readmetxt v 11145 20100928 142445 thecrow exp  ',0),(169,'help',' readme drupal tabsmodule readmetxt provides methods for clientside tabbed pages using the jquery ui tabs plugin see http docsjquerycom ui tabs developer usage tabs are generated through formsapistyle arrays using two element types defined in tabsmodule tabset a set of tabs and tabpage a tab page on a set of tabs tabs can be returned as part of normal forms or can be manually rendered through a call to the function tabsrender for documentation and examples see the docs directory in the dev version of the module  ',0),(170,'help',' readme bonus views export this modules is designed to provide a couple simple feed types that can be used to export data from your views supported types include csv microsoft doc a basic txt output and simple xml using the bonus views export module 1 add a new feed display to your view 2 change its style to the desired export type eg csv file 3 configure the options such as name quote etc you can go back and do this at any time by clicking the gear icon next to the style plugin you just selected 4 give it a path in the feed settings such as path to view csv 5 optionally you can choose to attach this to another of your displays by updating the attach to option in feed settings ',0),(171,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1124 20100719 141757 fago exp rules forms module maintained by klaus purer this module allows you to manipulate customize forms on your site with rules installation the rules forms module ships with the rules module so copy the whole rules directory to your module directory and activate the rules forms module warning most of the conditions and actions provided for forms directly work on the form structure generated by drupal however in drupal 7 this structure is going to look different thus an automatic upgrade of the conditions actions using the form structure cannot be implemented therefore notice that you will have to manually update any rules making use of the rules forms support getting started this is a short usage guide to build rules on you forms go to the form events page in the rules administration menu admin rules forms select the checkbox enable event activation messages on forms and hit the save settings button go to the form on your site that you would like to customize with rules eg go to node add story to enable events on the create story form on the top of the page you see a drupal message with a link to activate events for the form click it confirm the activation by clicking the activate button go to the triggered rules admin page admin rules trigger and click the add a new rule tab fill out the label choose a form event by selecting one in the rules forms group and confirm with save changes now you can add conditions and actions to react on the form event form element conditions and actions the rules forms module allows you to manipulate single form elements where you need the id of the element this guide shows you you how to find them go to the form events page in the rules administration menu admin rules forms make sure that you have activated events on your target form it should be listed on the page select the checkbox display form element ids and hit the save settings button go to the target form on your site where you will see the form element id below each form element copy the id of the form element you would like to examine or manipulate eg copy bodyfield body on the create story form if you want to do something with the node body textarea paste this id when you create a condition or an action which requires a form element id  ',0),(172,'help',' about page manager the page manager module creates and manages pages in your drupal site pages are defined as items that have a path and provide output to the user it is a complete round trip from getting user input to providing user output there are two types of pages that the page manager currently supports custom pages custom pages are defined completely by the administrator their path access control and visible menu characteristics are completely arbitrary system pages system pages are defined by drupal and drupal modules they primarily override preexisting pages to provide different functionality they often do not allow such features as access control in favor of what already exists and they will usually fall back to default drupal behavior both types of pages figure out what to show the user by using variants  variants are output handlers and every page should have at least one most pages will simply have only one pages with multiple variants will choose one and only one variant to display content to the user and will use the selection rules to figure out which variant to display ',0),(173,'help',' getting started note this page is currently very preliminary please visit http drupalorg node 528034 to help provide this documentation page this is a quick summary visit administer site building pages to get to the primary page manager interface you can add custom pages for your basic landing pages front pages whatever you like for normal content display you can use the system pages to create finer control of how taxonomy vocabularies nodes and user profiles are displayed when you add your first custom page do not bother with the optional features you will not need these until you get to more advanced tasks the selection rules are the key to creating node displays for just one node type everything in this system is pluggable a little php knowledge and exploration of the plugins directories can take you a long way  ',0),(174,'help',' the page list please visit http drupalorg node 528036 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(175,'help',' creating a page please visit http drupalorg node 528038 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(176,'help',' tutorial make a page that looks different for members please visit http drupalorg node 528040 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(177,'help',' tutorial customize the look of a single node type please visit http drupalorg node 528044 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(178,'help',' tutorial customize the look of a single taxonomy vocabulary please visit http drupalorg node 528046 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(179,'help',' custom pages please visit http drupalorg node 528050 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(180,'help',' arguments please visit http drupalorg node 528058 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(181,'help',' access control please visit http drupalorg node 528072 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(182,'help',' menu items please visit http drupalorg node 528078 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(183,'help',' variants please visit http drupalorg node 528078 to help provide this documentation page ',0),(184,'help',' readme contents of this file introduction installation introduction authors matt farina mfer jeff robbins jjeff angela byron webchick addison berry add1sun jquery update module upgrades drupal s stable version of jquery in order to support the most current jquery version available once a stable release of drupal comes out only minor bugfix changes may be added to it so drupal s version of jquery will often lag behind the most recent release offered by the jquery project the jquery community tends to only support the most recent version so this module ensures that your drupal installation can run the most uptodate jquery plugins installation 1 copy the jqueryupdate directory to your sites sitename modules directory or sites all modules directory 2 enable the module at administer site building modules 3 visit administer site configuration jquery update to configure the module 4 that s it thanks to the new theme system in drupal 6x you no longer need to copy files around hooray  ',0),(185,'help',' readme better formats is a module to add more flexibility to drupal s core input format system features set the default format per role set the default format per content type control allowed formats per content type hide format tips hide format selection forcing the default to be used expand the selection fieldset by default disable the expand collapse of the selection fieldset set selection fieldset title set default formats for nodes comments and blocks separately works with cck textareas panels comment support i18n module support and more installation 1 copy the module folder to your server 2 enable the module via the modules page simple 4step usage 1 go to user permissions admin user permissions and set your permissions 2 navigate to site configuration input formats admin settings filters 3 there you will find 2 tabs where you can change your settings defaults admin settings filters defauts settings admin settings filters settings 4 if you enable the control formats per node type option go to your content type admin page to set those settings example admin content nodetype page the settings are under the input format settings fieldset important when setting default formats ensure that you arranged the roles correctly placing roles in their order of precedence this is used to determine what default a user will get when they have more than 1 role note all logged in users are automatically assigned the authenticated user role so this role must be below all other roles that you want to set a default for or they will get the authenticated user role default instead example let s say you have the 2 roles that come with drupal and have added an admin role you would most likely want to arrange the roles in this order admin authenticated user anonymous user extended usage and notes the default format will only be set on new nodes and comments the format selected when the form is submitted is used for future editing purposes the module is designed to always fall back to default settings when needed this means that when you enable the module before you change any settings it will use your current drupal settings also when you enable conrol per node type it will use your global settings until you save the content type with new settings the permissions collapse format fieldset by default and collapsible format selection will only work if show format selection is also given this is because those 2 perms only have an effect when there is a format selection the permission collapse format fieldset by default will only work if collapsible format selection is also given this is because the fieldset can only be collapsed by default if it is collapsible if you disallow a format that is already being used by content the module will do its best to set the correct format the precidence of the formats are 1 existing format selected when last saved 2 content type default format 3 global default format 4 first allowed format 5 drupal core site default format user 1 is treated the same as all other users when it comes to a default format if user 1 has not been assigned any roles then it will be assigned the authenticated user role s default format if you want user 1 to have the default of another role assign that role to user 1 ensure you read the important notes in the previous section marked important it explains how you must order your roles to effectively get your defaults  ',0),(9842,'node',' a listing of videos for teachers to use hello all yesterday when i met with ed and jo they both mentioned that they use videos to introduce their students to mercury in the environment can we start a list of background videos if you have youtube or vimeo videos that you have used either for yourself or for your students please let me know so that i can add them to the video cycle they can cycle through the play this video screen in the sidebar thanks hannah  mercury in watersheds forum  ',0),(9898,'node',' mercury in acadia national park podcast hi all here s the excellent podcast that colleen flanagan made about mercury in acadia national park  http wwwnaturenpsgov air multimedia podcast acadiamercury acadiamercurycfm it may make sense to show this to students in the beginning near beginning of the school year cheers hannah  mercury in watersheds forum  ',0),(9899,'node',' leaf litter s contribution the mercury in the watershed hello all ed shared this link with me interesting stuff  http wwwusgsgov newsroom articleasp id 2871 from rsshome in the litterfall paper there is one sampling site in new england in northern vt   mercury in watersheds forum  ',0),(9905,'node',' test staff topic this is a test staff topic  ',0),(223,'node',' email to jane smith email to jane smith today  ',0),(280,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1121 20100326 160547 jdanthinne exp custom search 6x1x install enable the module go to administer settings custom search to change settings don t forget to set permissions otherwise nobody will see the changes description this module alters the default search box in many ways if you need to have options available like in advanced search but directly in the search box this module is for you the module adds options to select which content type s to search which specific module search to use node help user or any module that implements search which taxonomy term to search in the results by vocabulary for all these choices there are options to switch between a select box checkboxes or radio buttons and also customize the selector label and the default any text there are also options to change the default search box label adds a default text in the search box change the default submit button text use an image instead of the submit button via a tabledrag the ordering of all the added options can be changed finally there s some javascript to check if the search box is not empty on submit clear the default text on focus and put it back on blur if search box is empty handle checkboxes deselect some checkbox if any or a special module search is checked reselect options in the advanced search options in results page the module integrates well with internationalization i18nstrings this module is inspired by some modules that implements some of these options searchconfig searchtype customseachbox author jdanthinne  ',0),(135,'node',' data literacy forum topics this is a list of forum topics most recent first  ',0),(136,'node',' data literacy blog posts data literacy blog posts  ',0),(137,'node',' student work 1 attachment size asquashjpg 721 kb  ',0),(138,'node',' student work 2 attachment size evergreenwithsquashjpg 57721 kb  ',0),(139,'node',' student work 3 attachment size picklejarjpg 49103 kb  ',0),(140,'node',' student work 4 attachment size sn850405jpg 5454 kb  ',0),(167,'node',' boggy brook mercury  boggy brook site from sarah s spreadsheet at lat 4457525278 lon 6846133889 united states 44 34 309108 n 68 27 408204 w see map  google maps  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(186,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1228 20090910 212457 hass exp link checker installation 1 place the entire linkchecker folder into your modules directory 2 go to administer site building modules and enable the link checker module 3 go to administer site configuration link checker and enable the node types to scan 4 check all html tags that should be scanned 5 adjust the other parameters if the defaults don t suit your needs 6 save configuration 7 wait for cron to check all your links this may take some time if links are broken they appear under administer reports broken links if not make sure the cron is configured and running properly on your drupal installation the link checker module also logs somewhat useful info about it s activity under administer reports recent log entries recommended 1 for internal url extraction you need to make sure that cron always get called with your real public site url for eg http examplecom cronphp make sure it s never executed with http localhost cronphp or any other hostnames or ports not available from public otherwise all links may be reported as broken and cannot verified as they should be to make sure it always works it s recommended to configure the baseurl in the sites settingsphp with your sites url better save than sorry known issues 1 drupalhttprequest does handle invalid nonabsolute redirects http drupalorg node 164365 until this issue is fixed in core the permanently moved links are not automatically updated by the update permanently moved links feature to the newly provided url workaround manually fix these links or try the patch  ',0),(187,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 14 20100824 162947 sun exp overview nodes hold content views save queries wouldn t be great if a node could hold a saved query now it can viewfield is a cck field module that allows administrators to put views directly into nodes when creating a node users can select from a list of views when the node is displayed the view is run and the content is inserted into the body of the node installation this module requires the viewsmodule and contentmodule enable these modules then enable viewfieldmodule you re ready to go todo 1 provide better control over each view in multiselect fields 2 use exposed views to allow for more point and click control over the view at node add time 3 integrate this module back into views when cck becomes part of core author mark fredrickson markmfredrickson advantagelabscom  ',0),(188,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1182 20080906 001728 nancyw exp file readmetxt file for weblinks readmetxt file web links provides a comprehensive way to post links on your site all links are nodes which can be put into taxonomies categories and administered the most common options are set by default so the module should work well right out of the box however there is a great deal of customization that may also be done to make the installation fit your needs additionally a variety of blocks may be enabled see below the link validity checker feature will check links during a cron run to see if they are still valid you may have the module update any links that are marked as moved and unpublish links that have returned an error twice in a row a separate filter module distributed with the package may be used to easily insert links into other content dependencies the core taxonomy module must be enabled incompatibilities category module appears to be incompatible with this module the links module s database is incompatible and will not work with weblinks installation and settings the most uptodate information on the module can be found at http drupalorg node 273907 recent changes it was brought to our attention that there really was no way to control who has access to the main links page we have added a new permission access web links to address this oversight you will need to set this for any roles you wish to access web links ',0),(145,'node',' projects landing panel this is the central panel for the main projects page it should contain content suitable for all projects  not sure  ',0),(146,'node',' about serc the schoodic education and research center is this is just a page not a landing page for a section so there is no sidebar   not sure  ',0),(147,'node',' mercury project background material this is an annotated bibliography  not sure  ',0),(148,'node',' mercury project publications is this manually created content if not it can be generated as a view from nodes created by users if they are appropriately classified  not sure  ',0),(149,'node',' mercury project introduction content that introduces the project  not sure  ',0),(150,'node',' teacher profile ',0),(151,'node',' project management if you are a teacher and have a school  1 create a project  2 create one or more sites  3 document your site visits  4 document your observations for each site visit if you are a scientist 1 upload site data   keep  ',0),(152,'node',' page management generic pages are book page part of outline page in addition landing pages may be created for projects blogs curriculua data forum topics  keep  ',0),(153,'node',' communications tools chat mail forum topic  keep  ',0),(159,'node',' test site 1 20110508 data ',0),(96,'node',' mercury video 1 ',0),(276,'node',' optional activity concentrations getting ready materials one set of containers per group ranging in size 2 small glasses test tubes one small beaker glass or small soda bottle that holds at least 6 ounces 200 ml or about 34 cup food coloring try to avoid yellow tap water eye droppers one for each group graduated cylinders or measuring cups and spoons note you can use standard scientific equipment and measurement graduated cylinder in milliliters ml or if you think your class will have an easier time with it you can use standard cookiebaking equipment measuring cups and spoons to do this project student prerequisites how to measure volume and square inches parts of a circle proportions averages ranges computer skills library skills time needed 3040 minutes activity procedure have each group set up its work area with a set of supplies go through the following steps in which an increasing amount of water is added to a drop of food coloring and students note the change in intensity of the color doing the activity part per ten  add one drop of food coloring to the small beaker glass bottle with the eyedropper add 10 drops of water have students note the color it should be quite dark  part per hundred  in another small beaker glass bottle add a drop of food coloring and then add 100 drops of water with the dropper the color should be lighter than in the first beaker part per thousand  in the 6 oz beaker glass bottle add a drop of food coloring then 1000 drops of water here students might count out how many drops of water make up a teaspoon or tablespoon then add the number of teaspoons of water that would correspond to 1000 drops ask how many drops of water were in this solution 1000 how many drops of food coloring 1 so there s one drop per thousand or 1 part food coloring per thousand parts water 1 part per thousand students should end up with about 120 ml 12 cup of liquid and it should be about the color intensity of very weak koolaid have students determine how much liquid they have for example is it cup they will use this conversion in the next step part per million  now recall how many water drops were in the previous solution part per thousand and how much liquid they had for example cup to get a million drops how many cups would they need if they had cup 1000 drops they d need about 500 cups which is about 31 gallons ask students what kind of container they would need to mix up a solution of 1 part per million 1 drop of food coloring to 1000000 drops of water some ideas 6 fivegallon buckets a bathtub full a bathtub is typically about 40 gallons  part per billion  we would need 500000 cups 31250 gallons or 118300 liters of liquid to make a solution that would be one part per billion ask students to think of an example of something that has that much liquid in it a household heating oil tank is typically about 275 gallons so you d need a hundred or so oil tanks and still just one drop of food coloring to make a 1 part per billion solution ask students how intense the color would be in that solution note that this is the unit in which most of our mercury measurements will fall we ll end up with things that have tens to hundreds of parts per billion of mercury so we re looking for the drop in the oil tank amount part per trillion  to get to parts per trillion we d need 1000 parts per billion that s 31250000 gallons or 118300000 liters an olympic swimming pool is about 800000 gallons 3000000 liters so we d need about 40 olympic pools of water and still just the one drop of food coloring to have a part per trillion handy information  there are 3 teaspoons in a tablespoon there are 16 tablespoons in 1 cup 1 teaspoon should be around 40 drops this will depend on your dropper just an estimate 1 tablespoon should be around 120 drops cup liquid 4 oz will be about 120 ml reflection formative assessment ideas extension ideas have the perfect extension for an activity like this share it with us in the comments section below teacher s cheat sheet handouts resources a useful sheet that talks about the meaning of ppm ppb mg kg and so on is available from the center for hazardous substance research  mercury concentrations mercury concentrations mercury concentrations   mercury in watersheds  ',0),(244,'node',' background for teachers data collection is the accumulation of the numbers and observations needed in order to support or refute a hypothesis that has been formulated in collecting data it is important to be smart about how it is collected in order to avoid spending a lot of time collecting data that doesn t hep with the research make defensible research plans important rule for plant animal sampling if there is only one of a plant or animal or if it s known to be rare or endangered never collect harass cut or pick it collect only the information needed be systematic and collect the same type of data in the same way take very careful field and lab notes enter the data into a spreadsheet in order to analyze and graph it check it twice to minimize errors whenever you can observations can be either quantitative numeric or qualitative words relative amounts and observations can be made of anything you can see you can count invertebrates list species weigh a fish say whether a certain animal or plant is present or absent sampling and mercury analysis can be done for anything solid soil leaves tree bark moss lichen plants fish insects algae hair to sample vertebrates such as fish it is necessary to get permission first it is the ethical thing to do and the law requires it you will need to contact your cooperating scientist well in advance of doing any field work in order to obtain the necessary permits to minimize the effects our sampling has on the ecosystem we will take no more than five individual fish of any species and no more than three individual american eel from any study site you also can design a lab experiment for environmental research it is often set up like a mini ecosystem indoors such as putting soil in a container and exposing it to different conditions sometimes combining field research with a lab experiment is a powerful approach but again you have to be really clear about your specific question and hypothesis additional background information what follows is a set of links to tools and documents that you can use as you guide students through the process of designing their research preparing for sampling and actually doing the sampling resources on sampling techniques if you are sampling invertebrates you will want to look at the maine department of environmental protection s very useful booklet titled methods for biological sampling and analysis of maine s rivers and streams it contains suggestions for selecting sampling sites and construction of sampling devices it also contains an example of the field sheet that dep uses the one change we will need to make to the sampling protocol regards preservation they talk about preserving the invertebrates in alcohol but since we are sampling for mercury we will simply freeze the samples in general the dep s biomonitoring resource page is a treasure trove of good information specific to the climate and other environmental factors that you will be working with  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(245,'node',' background for teachers  environmental data are inherently messy meaning that there are many variables and they are often linked for example if one variable is tree species and another is amount of litterfall they might be linked hardwood species will tend to have more leaves falling off than softwoods hopefully the study design in unit 3 has helped to minimize these confounding factors when feasible there will be many unforeseen confounding factors or variables you wish you measured this is typical for any type of science and should be noted for posterity in unit 6 when students present their projects use the research question and hypothesis as guides to keep the data analysis on track although exploring the data can be a great learning experience students might eventually lose focus and need redirection toward the hypothesis a teacher might ask something like what is the question you re asking of the data to help redirect use the hypothetical graph created in unit 4 as a template or cue to what a data product like a graph or diagram might look like although students may work on data analysis in separate groups it is a good idea to compile all the data into one common spreadsheet or table so that each group has the same data to begin with  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(180,'node',' curriculum dear teachers the curriculum units here support the entire range of the inquiry process background information asking scientific questions and developing defendable claims sample collection and submission peer review data analysis and communicating results the units follow a logical progression but can be used as you need them in your classroom for each curriculum unit you will find supporting documents worksheets game pieces poster templates as well as links to other resources that you will find helpful for example the very useful mercury connections report from the biodiversity research institute please we continuously refine these units and the supporting materials if you think the units could be enriched added to or modified let us know put a comment in the comment box below or post to the forum  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(207,'node',' mercury in watersheds project description here project name from hannah s spreadsheet  ',0),(165,'node',' test site 2 20110509 data data literacy  one two three four five six seven eight nine ten  data literacy  ',0),(97,'node',' mercury video 2 ',0),(189,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11211 20100112 120849 fago exp content profile module by wolfgang ziegler nuppla zitesnet with this module you can build user profiles with drupal s content types installation copy the module s directory to your modules directory and activate the module usage there will be a new content type profile customize its settings at admin content types at the bottom of each content type edit form there is a checkbox which allows you to mark a content type as profile when you edit a profile content type there will be a further tab content profile which provides content profile specific settings warning the module uses drupal s content or nodes for user profiles so the access permissions applied to view the content profiles are the regular node related permissions that means the access user profiles permission of the user module still applies only to the user account pages at user uid but not to content profiles which can be viewed at node nid too still you can use any regular node access module to restrict access to your content profiles eg you may use the content access module for that http drupalorg project contentaccess content profiles per role you may but you need not mark multiple content types as profile by customizing the permissions of a content type this allows you to create different profiles for different roles hints when using content profiles the title field is sometimes annoying you can rename it at the content types settings or hide it in the form and auto generate a title by using the auto nodetitle module http drupalorg project autonodetitle if you want to link to a content profile of a user you can always link to the path user uid profile type where uid is the users id and type the machine readable content type name an example path would be user 1 profile profile this path is working regardless the user has already profile content created or not if you want to theme your content profile you can do it like with any other content read http drupalorg node 266817 if you want a content profile to be private while your site content should be available to the public you need a module that allows configuring more fine grained access control permissions eg the module content access http drupalorg project contentaccess allows you to that there is also rules integration which is useful for customizing the behaviour of the module see below for more theming easily use profile information in your templates content profile adds a new variable contentprofile to most templates related to users so this variable allows easy access to the data contained in the users profiles furthermore it does its job fast by lazyloading and caching the needed content profile nodes the contentprofile variable is available in the page node comment username userprofile usersignature searchresult and some other templates contentprofile lets you access all variables of a profile which are you used to have in a common node template see http drupalorg node 11816 so in any of these templates you may use the contentprofile like this  ',0),(190,'help',' readme data module the data module provides an api for dynamically allocating tables for singlerow records an api for insert update delete operations automatic views integration together with ctools module exportable configurations together with schema module schema inspection and fixing its companion data ui provides ui to add new database tables ui to add or alter columns to existing tables managed by data module default views for tables managed by data module use data search module if you would like to search one or more columns of your data tables install data search go to admin content data edit table to be indexed click on configure search tab check table columns to be indexed use data node module if you would like to relate nodes to data records install data node go to admin content data edit table to relate to nodes click on relate to nodes tab pick a content type pick which id in table will be related to a node id optionally use views field handler for adding removing a data table record to a node configure data node block to show up in sidebar for selecting an active node to add a data table record to working with html fields if you are working with a feed that has one or more fields that contain markup you can specify that those individual fields to be output with the html as opposed to escaped when using views 1 navigate to admin build data 2 select edit for the table that you are working with 3 click on the configure views tab 4 identify the field that contains html for the field handler column select the viewshandlerfielddatamarkup recommendations check out feeds for importing content into data tables a working example thereof can be found in managing news http drupalorg project feeds http managingnewscom  ',0),(191,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 11 20100130 055311 aland exp summary a helper module that provides a collection of miscellaneous filefield ui enhancements 1 collapsible fieldset wrapper on the data elements these include the alt title description fields provided by filefield and any additional fields that are created by other modules name imagefield extended possible options per field are skip this field always collapsed always open conditionally collapsed when data is entered conditionally collapsed when no data is entered conditionally collapsed on new uploads only conditionally open on new uploads only requirements cck filefield installation install as usual see http drupalorg node 70151 for further information configuration configure the settings on the cck field instance settings page contact current maintainers alan davison alan d http wwwcaignwebscomau  ',0),(192,'help',' gmap field overview not entirely sure how to link to the advanced help overall page of a module so the links below may not work overview gmapfield is a cck module that allows a user to input a gmap macro  which creates a google map on the node and allows for the placement of markers from location s   cck configuration create a new cck field of type gmap field  with widget as gmap field text area  check add markers if you want locations to be added to your map check choose marker type if you want the nodeeditor to be able to choose the marker type choose default marker type  of course if you are not displaying markers this field does not matter choose coordinate data source  currently only location not cck location is supported cck allows for default values  you can choose the default value for the gmap macro but the default value for the marker will be overridden by the default marker type  field usage in the node edit form enter a gmap macro into the text area of the widget if you have permission you can choose the marker theming you can theme the markers that are created in the map by default the location theme is used impelemtation of theme hook function themegmapfieldmarkerwindow location null node null return theme location location to override in your templatephp file override gmapfieldmarkerwindow function yourthemegmapfieldmarkerwindow location null node null return some new output  ',0),(193,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 18 20100808 035007 jrao exp description this module allows the use of hierarchical select form element as a widget for cck node reference field both in node add edit form and in views filter a hierarchical select in widget setting allows you to define a path in the hierarchy of node reference fields once defined this path can be used to render hierarchical select form element in node add edit form and views filter save lineage dropbox and create new item level features of the hierarchical select is supported in cck field widget as long as the field number of values and referenced content types setting can support them installation 1 place this module directory in your modules folder this will usually be sites all modules don t install your module in drupal core s modules folder since that will cause problems and is bad practice in general if sites all modules doesn t exist yet just create it 2 enable the module hierarchical select node reference and hierarchical select node reference views cck node reference field configuration 1 when adding new node reference field select hierarchical select as form element alternatively click configure on an existing node reference field and change the widget type to hierarchical select 2 in field s global settings make sure content types that can be referenced is selected and click save field settings to save the selection without this the node reference path setting will be empty 3 once content types that can be referenced is saved go back to field configuration use the dropdowns under node reference path to define a path you would like to use for hierarchical select widget click save field settings to save the selection note in order for note reference path to have options there must exist a node reference hierarchy ie the content types selected in content types that can be referenced must have their own node reference fields referencing some other content types otherwise the note reference path will always be 4 optionally click the link under node reference path to configure hierarchical select settings the settings page is also listed under admin settings hierarchicalselect configs node reference path example node reference path is the most important setting in this module here s an example of how node reference path works 1 setup the following content types country state add a node reference field country with widget type select list content types country required number of values 1 city add a node reference field state with widget type select list content types state required number of values 1 address add a node reference field city with widget type hierarchical select content types city required number of values 1 2 add some test data country united states canada states under united states california washington michigan states under canada british columbia alberta manitoba cities under california los angeles san diego san jose sacramento cities under washington olympia seattle cities under michigan lansing detroit cities under alberta airdrie grande prairie red deer cities under british columbia burnaby lumby city of port moody cities under manitoba birtle 3 play with node reference path setting change address content type s city field s node reference path to citystate save the setting then attempt to create a new address node in the form s city field you can see hierarchical select in action first select a state then select a city change the city field s node reference path to citystate statecountry try to create a new address node this time the first dropdown is a list of countries select a country will bring you the states and select a state will bring you to the cities note the node reference path is the reverse of what actually appears on form this is by design since the field where node reference path is setup is always going to be the last to appear in the form s hierarchical select views filter configuration 1 when adding new node reference field filter an extra configuration form is displayed use selection type to choose which widget to use for this filter choose dropdown to use the original filter came from cck choose hierarchical select when using hierarchical select as selection type pick a corresponding content type in the left side 2 in the filter configuration click expose to expose the filter and use the node reference path to select the path to use for the hierarchical select 3 optionally use the link in extra configuration form to configure hierarchical select settings the settings page is also listed under admin settings hierarchicalselect configs node lineage when and how to use 1 if save node lineage is selected in hs setting for node reference field this means all the nodes in the node reference path will be saved into this node reference field for example if address has node reference field city and node reference path is citystate and user selected california los angeles in the hs dropdowns then both the state node california and the city node los angeles will be saved to the node reference field obviously this requires this node reference field to accept at least 2 values and can accept both city and state content types the hs setting will disable the save node lineage radio button if these criteria are not satisfied 2 the save node lineage in node reference field is not necessary for the hs cascade dropdown to work with node references the main reason save node lineage is selected is for partial matches in node reference field filter in views 3 the hs setting for node reference field filter also has a save node lineage radio button selecting this means all the nodes in the node reference path will be used in views query instead of just the deepest node this setting is usually used with a node reference field whose save node lineage is also turned on this allows partial matches to work in the filter to continue the example in 1 if save node lineage is turned on for a node reference field filter for field city when only california is selected in the views filter without city selection the views will return any address whose state is california including california los angeles if los angeles is selected in city filter then only california los angeles is returned rendering node reference hierarchy lineages when viewing content this module is mainly used for input thus it is only used on the create edit forms of content however there is a need for the module to help display the value s in the node reference field that is using this module for input since only this module and the hs module knows how to reconstruct the lineage based on field value s thus the module now provides 3 theme functions similar to those provided in hs module themehsnodereferenceselectionaslineages this function will take a node and a node reference field name and render the field value as lineages based on the field configuration themehsnodereferencelineages this function is used to render multiple lineages in case the field has multiple node references in it ie when dropbox is enabled on the input side theme developer can override this function to customize the display of multiple lineages themehsnodereferencelineage this function is used to render a particular lineage theme developer can override this function to customize the display of individual lineage sample usage this will automatically render all lineages for the value s in node s fieldaddresses field assuming this field is a node reference field using this module as widget cck formatter this module now provides a cck formatter called hierarchical select lineages which can be used in cck and views the formatter will use theme function themehsnodereferenceselectionaslineages to render the node reference field in node display or views ',0),(194,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 18 20100808 035007 jrao exp description this module allows the use of hierarchical select form element as a widget for cck node reference field both in node add edit form and in views filter a hierarchical select in widget setting allows you to define a path in the hierarchy of node reference fields once defined this path can be used to render hierarchical select form element in node add edit form and views filter save lineage dropbox and create new item level features of the hierarchical select is supported in cck field widget as long as the field number of values and referenced content types setting can support them installation 1 place this module directory in your modules folder this will usually be sites all modules don t install your module in drupal core s modules folder since that will cause problems and is bad practice in general if sites all modules doesn t exist yet just create it 2 enable the module hierarchical select node reference and hierarchical select node reference views cck node reference field configuration 1 when adding new node reference field select hierarchical select as form element alternatively click configure on an existing node reference field and change the widget type to hierarchical select 2 in field s global settings make sure content types that can be referenced is selected and click save field settings to save the selection without this the node reference path setting will be empty 3 once content types that can be referenced is saved go back to field configuration use the dropdowns under node reference path to define a path you would like to use for hierarchical select widget click save field settings to save the selection note in order for note reference path to have options there must exist a node reference hierarchy ie the content types selected in content types that can be referenced must have their own node reference fields referencing some other content types otherwise the note reference path will always be 4 optionally click the link under node reference path to configure hierarchical select settings the settings page is also listed under admin settings hierarchicalselect configs node reference path example node reference path is the most important setting in this module here s an example of how node reference path works 1 setup the following content types country state add a node reference field country with widget type select list content types country required number of values 1 city add a node reference field state with widget type select list content types state required number of values 1 address add a node reference field city with widget type hierarchical select content types city required number of values 1 2 add some test data country united states canada states under united states california washington michigan states under canada british columbia alberta manitoba cities under california los angeles san diego san jose sacramento cities under washington olympia seattle cities under michigan lansing detroit cities under alberta airdrie grande prairie red deer cities under british columbia burnaby lumby city of port moody cities under manitoba birtle 3 play with node reference path setting change address content type s city field s node reference path to citystate save the setting then attempt to create a new address node in the form s city field you can see hierarchical select in action first select a state then select a city change the city field s node reference path to citystate statecountry try to create a new address node this time the first dropdown is a list of countries select a country will bring you the states and select a state will bring you to the cities note the node reference path is the reverse of what actually appears on form this is by design since the field where node reference path is setup is always going to be the last to appear in the form s hierarchical select views filter configuration 1 when adding new node reference field filter an extra configuration form is displayed use selection type to choose which widget to use for this filter choose dropdown to use the original filter came from cck choose hierarchical select when using hierarchical select as selection type pick a corresponding content type in the left side 2 in the filter configuration click expose to expose the filter and use the node reference path to select the path to use for the hierarchical select 3 optionally use the link in extra configuration form to configure hierarchical select settings the settings page is also listed under admin settings hierarchicalselect configs node lineage when and how to use 1 if save node lineage is selected in hs setting for node reference field this means all the nodes in the node reference path will be saved into this node reference field for example if address has node reference field city and node reference path is citystate and user selected california los angeles in the hs dropdowns then both the state node california and the city node los angeles will be saved to the node reference field obviously this requires this node reference field to accept at least 2 values and can accept both city and state content types the hs setting will disable the save node lineage radio button if these criteria are not satisfied 2 the save node lineage in node reference field is not necessary for the hs cascade dropdown to work with node references the main reason save node lineage is selected is for partial matches in node reference field filter in views 3 the hs setting for node reference field filter also has a save node lineage radio button selecting this means all the nodes in the node reference path will be used in views query instead of just the deepest node this setting is usually used with a node reference field whose save node lineage is also turned on this allows partial matches to work in the filter to continue the example in 1 if save node lineage is turned on for a node reference field filter for field city when only california is selected in the views filter without city selection the views will return any address whose state is california including california los angeles if los angeles is selected in city filter then only california los angeles is returned rendering node reference hierarchy lineages when viewing content this module is mainly used for input thus it is only used on the create edit forms of content however there is a need for the module to help display the value s in the node reference field that is using this module for input since only this module and the hs module knows how to reconstruct the lineage based on field value s thus the module now provides 3 theme functions similar to those provided in hs module themehsnodereferenceselectionaslineages this function will take a node and a node reference field name and render the field value as lineages based on the field configuration themehsnodereferencelineages this function is used to render multiple lineages in case the field has multiple node references in it ie when dropbox is enabled on the input side theme developer can override this function to customize the display of multiple lineages themehsnodereferencelineage this function is used to render a particular lineage theme developer can override this function to customize the display of individual lineage sample usage this will automatically render all lineages for the value s in node s fieldaddresses field assuming this field is a node reference field using this module as widget cck formatter this module now provides a cck formatter called hierarchical select lineages which can be used in cck and views the formatter will use theme function themehsnodereferenceselectionaslineages to render the node reference field in node display or views ',0),(195,'help',' readme imagefield provides an image widget type to cck this module leverages the functionality of filefield and behaves nearly identically imagefield widgets will give you a nice thumbnail preview of the image when uploaded and provides a few display options formatters within cck to display the images when the content is viewed imagefield was written by darrel opry dopry maintained by nathan haug quicksketch and andrew morton drewish dependencies filefield content imagefield also provides additional features when used with the following token generate dynamic paths when saving images imagecache create thumbnails of images on output install 1 copy the imagefield folder to the modules folder in your installation 2 enable the module using administer site building modules admin build modules 3 create a new image field in through cck s interface visit administer content management content types admin content types then click manage fields on the type you want to add an image upload field select file as the field type and image as the widget type to create a new field  ',0),(196,'help',' readme  modal frame api module for drupal 6 id readmetxt v 11211 20100514 031039 markuspetrux exp original author markuspetrux http drupalorg user 39593 contents of this file overview requirements installation api reference overview this module provides an api to render an iframe within a modal dialog based on the jquery ui dialog plugin you should not install this module unless another module requires you to or you wish to use it for your own custom modules it is an alternative to popups api ajax dialogs 1 which implements its own library and api to manage popup dialogs on the other hand the modal frame api is based on the jquery ui dialog plugin and it is specially built to deal with iframe elements with very little effort and no particular ajax requirements for themers this module provides a default template for rendering child pages within modal frames modalframepagetplphp that can be copied to the theme directory and customized to suit the particular needs of the site it is also pretty easy to adapt the provided stylesheets to match the look of the site 1 http drupalorg project popups requirements jquery ui module with jquery ui library 17x http drupalorg project jqueryui note that you also need jquery 13x currently provided by the jquery update module 6x2x see http drupalorg project jqueryupdate the onbeforeunload api is not required but recommended it enhances synchronization of parent child windows http drupalorg project onbeforeunload the dirty forms module is not required but supported it warns users if they are about to close a modal dialog with unsaved changes http drupalorg project dirtyforms installation be sure to install all dependent modules copy all contents of this package to your modules directory preserving subdirectory structure go to administer site building modules to install module done api reference modal frame api is pretty simple but powerful at the same time the serverside api looks as follows modalframeparentjs adds the modal frame javascript and stylesheets to the parent page you should use this when you wish to use the clientside api to manage frames within a modal dialog modalframechildjs adds the modal frame javascript and stylesheets to the child page this is necessary for pages and or forms that are rendered within a modal frame modalframeclosedialog args when a form is rendered within a modal frame what we would call the child window you can use this function from your form submit handler to close the clientside dialog you can also give it arguments that will be passed to an optional onsubmit callback that you can provide when opening the modal frame from the parent window the clientside api looks as follows drupalmodalframeopen options use this method to open a modal frame the argument is a javascript object that may contain the following elements o url required the url of the page you wish to render within the modal frame note that this feature is restricted by browser security contexts so you can only open child pages from the same domain where the parent page is located o width and height optional the size in pixels of the dialog o autofit optional enabled by default this option activates an onresize handler that will automatically resize and center the modal frame whenever the browser window is resized or when the child document is fully loaded o draggable optional this option is enabled by default use false to disable o onopen optional this is a callback to invoke when the modal frame is opened o onload optional this is a callback to invoke when the the child document in the modal frame is fully loaded o onsubmit optional a function that will be called when the dialog is closed by the serverside response to a form submit request see modalframeclosedialog args o customdialogoptions optional an object with custom jquery ui dialog options there s also a close method and a few others but these are used internally you don t need to care about them just open a modal dialog and everything should be fine as long as the serverside menu callback invokes the function modalframechildjs when generating pages for the modal dialog the package also contains an optional module that can be used as an example it is also recommended to check out the inline code documentation as it has a lot of information on how it all works  ',0),(197,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 12 20080508 032505 bjaspan exp schema module prerequisites drupal 6x overview introduced in drupal 6 the schema api allows modules to declare their database tables in a structured array similar to the form api and provides api functions for creating dropping and changing tables columns keys and indexes the schema module provides additional schemarelated functionality not provided by the core schema api that is useful for module developers currently this includes schema documentation hyperlinked display of the schema s embedded documentation explaining what each table and field is for schema structure generation the module examines the live database and creates schema api data structures for all tables that match the live database schema comparison the module compares the live database structure with the schema structure declared by all enabled modules reporting on any missing or incorrect tables note for mysql users the schema module requires mysql 5 prior versions of mysql do not support the informationschema database that the schema module uses to inspect the database installation install and activate schema like every other drupal module administrator usage visit administer site building schema to access schema s ui functionality author barry jaspan firstname at lastname dot org  ',0),(198,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1161 20090419 213124 greggles exp description token module provides a centralized api for text substitution unless you re installing another drupal module that requires it this software is probably unnecessary for more information on tokens see http groupsdrupalorg tokens benefits if you re a drupal developer check out apitxt for detailed instructions on using the token api it allows every module to announce the placeholder tokens they can handle uses simple caching to prevent duplicated work in a given pageview and is pretty lightweight it s nice you ll like it tokenstarter want to add your own custom tokens to a site not sure how to write a module worry no more it s now quite easy 1 copy and rename the tokenstarterinfo and tokenstartermodule replacing every instance of starter with a descriptive appropriate word 2 edit the module file and change hooktokenlist and hooktokenvalues to provide whatever additional tokens or logic your site needs 3 enable the module and enjoy you should also want to read the apitxt ',0),(199,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 12 20080406 134855 seeschloss exp drupal tribune module author matthieu valleton valletonmatthieu sszfr requires drupal 6x license gplv2 see licensetxt description this module provides a tribune a space for users to discuss the contents of the website or have any other kind of discussion highlighting and clickable clocks make it easier to follow discussions click on the clock of the message you want to answer and write your answer after it when your mouse hovers clock references on tha page the referenced post and the other answers are automatically highlighted features messages highlighting light javascript most is done with css support for smileys smiley see http totozeu for a list user agents used in place of login for anonymous posts are shortened to enhance readability installation 1 copy the tribune module to the drupal modules directory 2 go to administer modules and enable the module 3 check the administer access control page to enable use of this module to different roles 4 make sure the menu item is enabled in administer content management setup 1 go to admin settings tribune 2 adjust the settings as you wish the defaults are fine if you don t know what yo use and save the configuration 3 go to tribune to see the tribune and start posting messages thanks thanks to linuce for providing his titanium and adamantium slipounet which sanitizes the posts and to finss for all the bugs he found kiki for his howto video http toutessayesaufca tribune howto and for generally helping users o  ',0),(200,'help',' readme  node relationships id readmetxt v 11212 20100514 042329 markuspetrux exp original author markuspetrux http drupalorg user 39593 contents of this file overview requirements installation description developers credits overview the node relationships module provides methods to complete two way relationships between content types enhancing the features of node reference fields it provides the following features enhancements for node reference fields search and reference view single and multiple selection based on dynamically configured views create and reference and translate and reference when the drupal core translation module is enabled with additional support for internationalization module these features use the modal frame api to provide popup dialogs from buttons attached to node reference fields configured to use the autocomplete widget automatic back references using dynamically configured views that are able to extract the relations from existing database information this views can be rendered using a myriad of methods in the node view the node relationships module provides default views for each feature that can be modified and or cloned recommended should you need to add more fields filters or change any other option to suit your needs basic entity relations diagram erd that can be used to view the relations of each individual content type the provided diagram can be used to walk the relationships of all types in the system requirements cck and node reference http drupalorg project cck views http drupalorg project views modal frame api http drupalorg project modalframe jquery ui module with jquery ui library 17x http drupalorg project jqueryui installation be sure to install all dependent modules copy all contents of this package to your modules directory preserving subdirectory structure go to administer site building modules to install module review the settings of your nodereference fields to make sure related content types are explicitly specified in the option content types that can be referenced note that this is optional when you are using a view for your nodereference fields but this information is required by the node relationships module now you can start browsing the relationships tab available in the administration section of all content types next to the manage fields and display fields tabs provided by cck description the node relationships module provides methods to complete two way relationships between content types enhancing the features of node reference fields it provides the following features node reference extras this module provides several enhancements for node reference fields configured to use the autocomplete widget search and reference view create and reference translate and reference view referenced node on new window when these options are enabled a new button for each one will be rendered in the node edit form next to the corresponding autocomplete widget of the node reference field these buttons will open a popup dialog where each feature is available for nodereference fields defined with multiple values a new button will be available next to the add more items button that can be used to search and reference several nodes at a time the search and reference feature uses a view that is dynamically configured so that a single view can be reused by several node reference fields a default view is provided with basic fields and pages for table or grid styles you can modify and or clone recommended this default view to add more field filters etc a filter per node type is dynamically created to match the content types that can be referenced option in the global settings section of the node reference field note that you should configure this option explicitly even if you use a view for the node reference field the translate and reference feature is available when the drupal core translation module is enabled and additional support is provided when the internationalization module is enabled when the translate and reference option is enabled for a particular node reference field references that already have translations will be automatically assigned to the values of node reference fields when a node translation is started for those that do not have translations a message will be displayed on the create translation form to warn the user a translation is missing and an option to translate and reference will be provided automatic back references this module provides a method to display back reference views on referred nodes back reference definitions are taken from the content types that can be referenced option in the global settings section of node reference fields note that you should configure this option explicitly even if you use a view for the node reference field these back references do not need additional data stored in the database instead views with the proper relationships are used to join the node reference field data with the corresponding nodes in the database these views can then be used from the referred content types to provide a list of referrer nodes the node relationships module provides a default view that you can modify and or clone recommended should you need to add more fields filters or change any other option to suit your needs each back reference can be displayed using one of several methods to render the corresponding view in the referred node itself field page and tab field when a back reference is configured as a field the node relationships module creates a cck field automatically that provides the view output and you can drag n drop this view to any position from the manage fields panel of the content type note that no input widget is provided for this kind of fields only the view output is provided available field formatters back references view renders the customized view as usual back references count displays the count of back references page this method provides a fieldset where all back reference fields assigned to this region will be rendered this fieldset can be dragged to any position in the node using the manage fields panel of the content type tab this method provides an alternative to the page region but the back references are displayed on a new tab relationships added to the nodes where this option is enabled entity relations diagram this is a basic diagram of the relations of current content type with others referred from and refers to it can be used to walk the relationships of all types in the system this diagram is available per content type from administer content management content types type relationships developers aside from the options that can be configured for node reference fields back references views etc the node relationships module exposes a series of hooks that provide enhanced methods of programmatic configuration of the views and output generated todo document the hooks provided by the node relationships module credits this module has been sponsored by gamefilia http wwwgamefiliacom original versions of the icons can be found free from here http wwwfamfamfamcom  ',0),(201,'help',' readme insert is a utility that makes inserting images and links to files into text areas or wysiwygs much easier it adds a simple javascriptbased button to filefield and imagefield widgets when used with imagefield and imagecache images may be inserted into text areas with a specific imagecache preset insert was written by nate haug this module made by robots http wwwlullabotcom dependencies insert module does not have any dependencies but it won t do anything unless you have at least one of the following installed filefield imagefield recommended imagecache wysiwyg module install 1 copy the insert folder to the modules folder in your installation usually this is sites all modules 2 in your drupal site enable the module under administer site building modules admin build modules 3 add or configure a filefield or imagefield under administer content management content types type manage fields admin content nodetype type fields once configuring a field there is a new section in the field options for insert you can then configure the field to include an insert button and what templates you would like to have 4 create a piece of content with the configured field after uploading a file an insert button will appear click this button to send the file or image into the body field insert should work on multiple fields the last field that was active will receive the file and with most popular wysiwyg editors paths by default the path to the inserted file will be absolute including the full domain name such as http wwwexamplecom sites default files imagejpg if you prefer relative paths such as sites default files imagejpg add the following variable to your settingsphp file conf insertabsolutepaths false see http drupalorg node 622964 comment2451810 theming insert can be configured to work with nonhtml filters like bbcode or markdown to do this copy the template file you would like to change from the templates directory to your active theme s directory then empty your drupal caches at admin settings performance the imagecache templates may also be used per imagecache preset you can copy the imagecacheinsertimagetplphp file to your theme directory and then rename it to imagecacheinsertimage presetname tplphp where presetname is the name of the imagecache preset change underscores to hyphens in the preset name  ',0),(202,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 142 20110206 135718 wimleers exp description this module defines the hierarchicalselect form element which is a greatly enhanced way for letting the user select items in a hierarchy hierarchical select has the ability to save the entire lineage of a selection or only the deepest selection you can configure it to force the user to make a selection as deep as possible in the tree or allow the user to select an item anywhere in the tree levels can be labeled you can configure limit the number of items that can be selected configure a title for the dropbox choose a sitewide animation delay and so on you can even create new items and levels through hierarchical select integrates with forum drupal core menu drupal core taxonomy drupal core content taxonomy http drupalorg project contenttaxonomy views installation 1 place this module directory in your modules folder this will usually be sites all modules don t install your module in drupal core s modules folder since that will cause problems and is bad practice in general if sites all modules doesn t exist yet just create it 2 enable the module 3 if you want to use it for one or more of your vocabularies go to admin content taxonomy and click the edit link for a vocabulary now scroll down and you ll find a whole range of hierarchical select settings all settings are explained there as well troubleshooting if you ever have problems make sure to go through these steps 1 go to admin logs status ie the status report ensure that the status of the hierarchical select module is ok 2 ensure that the page isn t being served from your browser s cache use ctrl r in windows linux browsers cmd r in mac os x browsers to enforce the browser to reload everything preventing it from using its cache 3 when you re getting a js alert with the following message received an invalid response from the server ensure that the page of which this form is a part is not being cached 4 when hierarchical select seems to be misbehaving in a certain use case in which terms with multiple parents are being used make sure to enable the save term lineage setting note you may have to repeat this for every configuration in which the vocabulary with terms that have multiple parents are being used eg if such a vocabulary is called a then go to admin settings hierarchicalselect configs and edit all configuration that have a in the hierarchy column in case of problems don t forget to try a hard refresh in your browser limitations creating new items in the hierarchy in a multiple parents hierarchy more scientifically a directed acyclic graph is not supported not the entire scalability problem can be solved by installing this set of modules read the maximum scalability section for details the child indicators only work in firefox this cannot be supported in safari or ie see http drupalorg node 180691 comment1044691 the special savelineagetermpath token only works with contenttaxonomy fields as long as you have the save option set to either tag or both in hierarchies where items can have multiple parent items and where you have enabled hierarchical select s save lineage setting it is impossible to remember individual hierarchies unless the underlying module supports it so far no module supports this hierarchical select is just a form element not a system for storing hierarchies for example if you have created a multiple parent vocabulary through the taxonomy module and you have terms like this a c a d b c b d if you then save any two lineages in which all four terms exist all four lineages will be rendered by hierarchical select because only the four terms are stored and thus there is no way to recover the originally selected two lineages you can not expect the hierarchical select taxonomy module to automagically fix all existing nodes when you enable or disable the save lineage setting and neither can you expect it to keep working properly when you reorganize the term hierarchy there s nothing i can do about this hierarchical select is merely a form element it can t be held responsible for features that drupal core lacks or supports poorly see the following issues http drupalorg node 1023762 comment4054386 http drupalorg node 976394 comment4054456 maximum scalability hstaxonomy takes advantage of the taxonomyoverrideselector variable to improve scalability the whole tree is no longer loaded by drupal core while the hsbook hsmenu and hssubscriptions modules override existing form items those form items are still being generated this can cause scalability issues if you want to fix this you will have to modify the original modules so that includes drupal core modules simply move the changes from the hookformalter implementations into the corresponding form definitions hierarchical select taxonomy using the savelineagetermpath token when you re using the token module and likely the pathauto module and you ve configured your hierarchical select to save the lineage you may want to show the saved lineage or the first lineage in case you ve also enabled the dropbox in your url that s possible through the savelineagetermpath token and other similar tokens however by default it uses the separator you ve configured pathauto to use if you aren t using pathauto then it will default to a dash you can override this by setting the hstaxonomyseparator variable also when you re using pathauto and it seems to be stripping the separator you ve configured then you may want to configure that character in pathauto s punctuation settings to no action do not replace using the dropbox in views exposed filters this can be very tricky due to a combination of the respective limitations of taxonomy and views exposed filters see http drupalorg node 346033 rendering hierarchy lineages when viewing content hierarchical select is obviously only used for input hence it is only used on the create edit forms of content combine that with the fact that hierarchical select is the only module capable of restoring the lineage of saved items eg taxonomy terms none of the drupal core modules is capable of storing the lineage but hierarchical select can reconstruct it relatively efficiently however this lineage is only visible when creating editing content not when viewing it to allow you to display the lineages of stored items i have provided a theming function that you can call from within eg your nodetplphp file the themehierarchicalselectselectionaslineages selection config function sample usage using taxonomy and hierarchical select taxonomy this will automatically render all lineages for vocabulary 2 meaning that if you want to render the lineages of multiple vocabularies you ll have to clone this piece of code once for every vocabulary it will also automatically get the current hierarchical select configuration for that vocabulary alternatively you could provide the config array yourself only three keys are required 1 module 2 params 3 savelineage for example if you don t like how the lineage is displayed simply override the themehierarchicalselectselectionaslineages function from within your theme create eg garlandhierarchicalselectselectionaslineages setting a fixed size when you don t want users to be able to resize a hierarchical select themselves you can set a fixed size in advance yourself setting size to 1 does not generate multiple true selects and the opposite is also true multiple sets the multiple html attribute this enables the user to select multiple options of a select size just controls the size html attribute this increases the vertical size of selects thereby showing more options see http wwww3org tr html401 interact formshtml adefsizeselect sponsors initial development paul ektov of http autobinru abstraction to let other modules than taxonomy hook in etienne leers of http creditcalcbiz support for saving the term lineage paul ektov of http autobinru multiple select support marmaladesoul http marmaladesoulcom taxonomy subscriptions support mr bidster inc ability to create new items levels the worx company http wwwworxcocom ability to only show items that are associated with at least one entity merge http mergenl views 2 support merge http mergenl author wim leers website http wimleerscom contact http wimleerscom contact the author can be contacted for paid development on this module this can vary from new features to hierarchical select itself to new implementations ie support for new kinds of hierarchies  ',0),(14,'node',' 1watershed a book to capture existing 1watershed content organized as the original site  ',0),(28,'node',' combine this with other content noted for hg intro and make hg intro over the past couple of years acadia partners has developed a series of teacher guides that it uses in its acadia learning program the program is designed to use scientific research conducted here at acadia national park as the foundation for citizen science programs in schools the curriculum is designed to engage students not only in data collection and field work but to also engage them in higher level science learning that includes inquiry and using data to answer questions an equally important design goal is to engage students and teachers more closely in the work and stewardship of acadia national park  ',0),(66,'node',' sercinstitutedataliteracy sercinstitutedataliteracy  data literacy  ',0),(75,'node',' acadiabwet acadiabwet site  data literacy  ',0),(179,'node',' boggy brook mercuryinvertebrates 20081007 data  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(202,'node',' b paper for the mercury project http wwwyahoocom   papers and presentations mercury in watersheds  http wwwyahoocom  yahoo yahoocom ',0),(201,'node',' a paper for the mercury project http wwwweathercom  this is a paper for the mercury project updated again clicked 1 times last clicked 20110530 1609  papers and presentations mercury in watersheds  http wwwweathercom  weather weathercom ',0),(203,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 13422 20101028 204412 alexb exp it feeds feeds an import and aggregation framework for drupal http drupalorg project feeds features pluggable import configurations consisting of fetchers get data parsers read and transform data and processors create content on drupal http upload with optional pubsubhubbub support file upload csv rss atom parsing creates nodes or terms creates lightweight database records if data module is installed http drupalorg project data additional fetchers parsers or processors can be added by an object oriented plugin system granular mapping of parsed data to content elements import configurations can be piggy backed on nodes thus using nodes to track subscriptions to feeds or they can be used on a standalone form unlimited number of import configurations export import configurations to code optional libraries module support requirements ctools 1x http drupalorg project ctools job scheduler 1x http drupalorg project jobscheduler drupal 6x http drupalorg project drupal php safe mode is not supported depending on your feeds importer configuration safe mode may cause no problems though php 52x recommended installation install feeds feeds admin ui to get started quick install one or all of the following feature modules feeds news feeds import feeds fast news more info below make sure cron is correctly configured http drupalorg cron go to import to import data to use simplepie parser download simplepie and place simplepieinc into feeds libraries recommended version 12 http simplepieorg feature modules feeds ships with three feature modules that can be enabled on admin build modules or if you are using features on admin build features http drupalorg project features the purpose of these modules is to provide a quick start for using feeds you can either use them out of the box as they come or you can take them as samples to learn how to build import or aggregation functionality with feeds the feature modules merely contain sets of configurations using feeds and in some cases the modules node views or data if the default configurations do not fit your use case you can change them on the respective configuration pages for feeds node views or data here is a description of the provided feature modules feeds news this feature is a news aggregator it provides a content type feed that can be used to subscribe to rss or atom feeds every item on such a feed is aggregated as a node of the type feed item also provided by the module what s neat about feeds news is that it comes with a configured view that shows a list of news items with every feed on the feed node s view items tab it also comes with an opml importer filter that can be accessed under import feeds fast news this feature is very similar to feeds news the big difference is that instead of aggregating a node for every item on a feed it creates a database record in a single table thus significantly improving performance this approach especially starts to save resources when many items are being aggregated and expired deleted on a site feeds import this feature is an example illustrating feeds import capabilities it contains a node importer and a user importer that can be accessed under import both accept csv or tsv files as imports pubsubhubbub support feeds supports the pubsubhubbub publish subscribe protocol follow these steps to set it up for your site http codegooglecom p pubsubhubbub go to admin build feeds and edit override the importer configuration you would like to use for pubsubhubbub choose the http fetcher if it is not already selected on the http fetcher click on settings and check use pubsubhubbub optionally you can use a designated hub such as http superfeedrcom or your own if a designated hub is specified every feed on this importer configuration will be subscribed to this hub no matter what the feed itself specifies libraries support if you are using libraries module you can place external libraries in the libraries module s search path for instance sites all libraries the only external library used at the moment is simplepie libraries found in the libraries search path are preferred over libraries in feeds libraries transliteration support if you plan to store files with feeds for instance when storing podcasts or images from syndication feeds it is recommended to enable the transliteration module to avoid issues with nonascii characters in file names http drupalorg project transliteration api overview see the developer s guide to feeds http drupalorg node 622700 testing see the developer s guide to feeds http drupalorg node 622700 debugging set the drupal variable feedsdebug to true i e using drush this will create a file tmp feeds mysitelocation log use tail f on the command line to get a live view of debug output note at the moment only pubsubhubbub related actions are logged performance see the site builder s guide to feeds http drupalorg node 622698 hidden settings hidden settings are variables that you can define by adding them to the conf array in your settingsphp file name feedsdebug default false description set to true for enabling debug output to drupaltmpdir feeds sitename log name feedsimporterclass default feedsimporter description the class to use for importing feeds name feedssourceclass default feedssource description the class to use for handling feed sources name feedsworkertime default 15 description execution time for a queue worker only effective if used with drupalqueue name feedsdata importerid default feedsdata importerid description the table used by feedsdataprocessor to store feed items usually a feedsdataprocessor builds a table name from a prefix feedsdata and the importer s id importerid this default table name can be overridden by defining a variable with the same name name feedsnodebatchsize default 50 the number of nodes feed node processor creates or deletes in one page load name httprequesttimeout default 15 description timeout in seconds to wait for an http get request to finish name feedsneverusecurl default false description flag to stop feeds from using its curl for http requests see httprequestusecurl glossary see feeds glossary http drupalorg node 622710  ',0),(204,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 14 20100912 033055 alexb exp job scheduler simple api for scheduling tasks once at a predetermined time or periodically at a fixed interval usage add a job job array callback mymoduleunpublishnodes type story id 12 period 3600 periodic true jobscheduler set job work off a job function mymoduleunpublishnodes job do stuff remove a job job array callback mymoduleunpublishnodes type story id 12 jobscheduler remove job drupal queue integration if drupal queue is installed tasks are dispatched to the queue rather than executed hence worker callbacks need to be declared to drupalqueue via hookcronqueueinfo example see feeds module hidden settings hidden settings are variables that you can define by adding them to the conf array in your settingsphp file name jobschedulerclass default jobscheduler description the class to use for managing schedule name jobschedulenum default 5 description the number of jobs to execute on cron time only has an effect if drupal queue is not enabled http drupalorg project drupalqueue name jobschedulequeuenum default 200 description the number of jobs to queue for execution on cron time only has an effect if drupal queue is enabled http drupalorg project drupalqueue  ',0),(205,'help',' readme menu per role module by wolfgang ziegler nuppla zitesnet modified for d6 by jrowny jrowng gmailcom on 1252008 hutch alexiswilke description this module allows you to restrict access of menu items per roles it depends on the drupal core menumodule just activate both modules and edit a menu item as usual there will be a new fieldset that allows you to restrict access by role installation unfortunately you need to patch the drupal file includes menuinc use the the patch provided with the module if you don t know how to patch you can just insert the three additional lines manually but remove the leading plus then copy the module s whole directory in your drupal modules directory and activate it installation up to drupal 69 you need to apply a patch to a menu file from drupal core this bug has now been fixed in the core 610 o patch drupal66menusubmitpatch same patch for 67 68 and 69 fix a problem with the menu add feature that does not otherwise give you the mlid and thus renders the submit function totally useless see http drupalorg node 326210 for more information it is smart to patch the menu file before installing the menu per role so it works immediately although you can patch at any time it just won t work 100 properly until then how to use it just activate the menu and the menuperrole modules and edit a menu item as usual at admin build menu there will be a fieldset that allows you to restrict access by role if you don t check any roles the default access permissions will be kept otherwise the module will additionally restrict access to the chosen user roles  ',0),(206,'help',' readme originally created by nirbhasa as the rearrange child pages module integrated and rewritten by btopro ',0),(207,'help',' readme elms outline designer usability improvements for rapid book outline creation copyright c 20082011 the pennsylvania state university bryan ollendyke bto108 psuedu keith d bailey kdb163 psuedu 12 borland university park pa 16802 requirements this module requires that you have book enabled optional the organic groups add on requires og be installed outline child pages will integrate with book manager or work stand alone installation place the outlinedesigner directory in the correct modules folder as you would any other drupal module activate the module activate the submodules outlinechildpages is highly recommended though it is optional go to admin content book outlinedesigner and configure your icons go to admin content book settings to enable disable content types from outlining and set default type go to admin content book and click edit order and titles to access the outline designer interface optional installation there is an organic groups integration helper module activating it will add a edit books tab to the group home page for group admins group admins can now edit books owned by their group without needing the administer book privilege there is an outline child pages module added as of 13 outline child pages can add either a tab or link to nodes that have child pages allowing you to use the outline designer to reorder just the children of the current node this can have great benefit when attempting to outline large book structures when you only want to focus on a part of the outline additionally this module can be used to give users the ability to outline book content that they own by checking that they have the new permission and can add content to books and have the ability to update the current node permissions the outline designer is fully compatible with the permissions designated by your drupal site to access outline designer by itself requires admin book outlines permission w outlinedesignerog requires admin book outlines or that you are a group admin w just outlinechildpages requires admin book outline or that you are a group admin or that you have the following three permissions combined new outline own pages permission add content to books permission have access to update edit the node you are currently viewing if you meet the three criteria you will be allowed to use the outline designer though it will still check for permissions on each action as it always does w outlinechildpages and bookmanager requires add content to personal books permission compatibility no known issues firefox 2 safari 4 chrome opera 10 ie 78 major issues ie 6 and lower js error on load and won t work ',0),(208,'help',' readme  quicktabs description this module provides a form for admins to create a block of tabbed content by selecting first the desired number of tabs and then selecting either an existing view or an existing block as the content of each tab arguments can be passed if a view is selected installation use 1 enable module in module list located at administer build modules 2 go to admin settings quicktabs to select a style for your tabs 3 go to admin build quicktabs and click on the new qt block local task tab 4 add a title for your block and start entering information for your tabs 5 use the add another tab button to add more tabs 6 use the drag handles on the left to rearrange tabs 7 once you have defined all the tabs click next 8 you will be taken to the admin build block screen where you should see yor new tabbed block listed 9 configure enable it as required note because quicktabs allows your tabbed content to be pulled via ajax it has its own menu callback for getting this content and returning it in json format for node content it uses the standard nodeaccess check to make sure the user has access to this content it is important to note that any node can be viewed from this menu callback if you go to it directly at quicktabs ajax node nid it will return a json text string of the node information if there are certain fields in any of your nodes that are supposed to be private these must be controlled at admin content nodetype mynodetype display by setting them to be excluded on teaser and node view setting them as private through some other mechanism eg panels will not affect their being displayed in an ajax quicktab author katherine bailey http drupalorg user 172987 tab styles provided by hubert florin and steve krueger  ',0),(209,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 18 20091020 035442 jgirlygirl exp please refer to the following for documentation introduction http drupalorg node 578552 documentation http drupalorg node 578574 ',0),(210,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1325215 20091223 073455 davereid exp contents of this file introduction installing uninstalling frequently asked questions faq known issues more information how can you contribute introduction current maintainer dave reid comaintainer kiam comaintainer earnie comaintainer darren oh original author matthew loar xml sitemap automatically creates a sitemap that conforms to the sitemapsorg specification this helps search engines keep their search results up to date installing see http drupalorg gettingstarted installcontrib for instructions on how to install or update drupal modules once xml sitemap is installed and enabled you can adjust the settings for your site s sitemap at admin settings xmlsitemap your can view your site s sitemap at http yoursitecom sitemapxml it is highly recommended that you have clean urls enabled for this module uninstalling because drupal does not uninstall modules in reverse order of their dependencies if you want to uninstall all the xml sitemap modules be sure to disable and uninstall all the submodules before the base xml sitemap module to help fix this bug in drupal core visit http drupalorg node 151452 frequently asked questions faq there are no frequently asked questions at this time known issues see http drupalorg node 482550 for a list of the current known issues more information to issue any bug reports feature or support requests see the module issue queue at http drupalorg project issues xmlsitemap for additional documentation see the online module handbook at http drupalorg handbook modules gsitemap you can view the sitemaporg specification at http sitemapsorg how can you contribute report any bugs feature requests etc in the issue tracker http drupalorg project issues xmlsitemap help translate this module http localizedrupalorg translate projects xmlsitemap write a review for this module at drupalmodulescom http drupalmodulescom module xmlsitemap help keep development active by dontating to the developer http davereidchipincom  ',0),(204,'node',' teacher mercury  orono high school teacher biography would be here  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(206,'node',' eels project description here name from hannah s spreadsheet  ',0),(228,'help',' readme  id readmetxt v 1121 20100629 204756 yhahn exp strongarm 2x for drupal 6x strongarm gives site builders a way to override the default variable values that drupal core and contributed modules ship with it is not an end user tool but a developer and site builder tool which provides an api and a limited ui an example of such a variable is sitefrontpage in drupal this defaults to node which ensures that the front page gets content as soon as some exists but for many drupal sites this setting is simply wrong strongarm gives the site builder a place in the equation an opportunity to set the default value of sitefrontpage to something that makes sense for their site installation strongarm can be installed like any other drupal module place it in the modules directory for your site and enable it and its requirement ctools on the admin build modules page strongarm is an api module it does absolutely nothing for the end user out of the box without other modules that take advantage of its api how strongarm works strongarm uses the ctools export api to make entries in the system module s variable table exportables exportables are drupal configuration objects that lead a dual life they may be defaults set by code exports in modules they may be overridden if a user chooses to change the value in the database or they may be normal if the configuration object lives only in the database but not in code to learn more about exportables and the ctools export api see the ctools advanced help on exportable objects tool exporting variables if you are a developer or site builder strongarm gives you tools to export the settings of variables in your site database and manage any overrides to default values to export variable values you will need to enable either the features 1 module or the bulk export 2 module provided by ctools as of june 29 2010 you must use a recent checkout ctools drupal61 in order to use bulk export with strongarm features provides a ui for adding variable exports to a feature bulk export provides a ui for generating defaults hooks with exported variables that you can add to your own modules you do not need to enable both modules maintainers jmiccolis jeff miccolis yhahn young hahn 1 http drupalorg project features 2 http drupalorg project ctools  ',0),(209,'node',' nitrogen cycling in watersheds project description here name from hannah s spreadsheet  ',0),(211,'node',' teacher data literacy  old town high school teacher2 examplecom  data literacy  ',0),(275,'node',' essential activity why do we care about mercury  getting ready materials library or internet access calculators handouts student prerequisites how to measure volume and square inches parts of a circle proportions averages ranges computer skills library skills time needed activity procedure some groups might need a warmup activity to get ready for some of the mathoriented questions within this activity here some important background concepts and conversions to go over with students if the reference sheet in the resource section below is not sufficient math warmup  convert the following  mass 13 kilograms kg to grams g milligrams mg micrograms mg nanograms ng 4560 ng to mg mg g kg volume 4589 ml microliters to ml l 076 l to ml ml distance 125 mm to cm m geometry  say you dug out a bunch of soil and put it in a bucket you dug out a square of soil 1 meter wide by 1 meter long you dug out 50 cm of soil how many cubic centimeters cm 3 do you have you want to know how much water it will take to fill up your hot tub the tub is a circle 3 meters in diameter and you want to fill it so there are 150 cm of water in the tub how many cubic centimeters of water will it take a handy conversion is that 1 cubic centimeter cm 3 1 ml how many liters of water would it take to fill the hot tub  chemical concentrations  you have 10 grams of a chemical in 5 liters of water what is the concentration in mg l milligrams per liter you have 2 mg of a chemical in 8000 milligrams of soil what is the concentration in mg g micrograms per gram how many micrograms are in a gram express this as a mathematical relationship what is the concentration of the chemical in the soil above in parts per million ppm and in parts per billion ppb  doing the activity this activity involves doing some library or internet research and then doing some calculations based on that research to answer some questions access to the internet or to the library will be essential the students should also have access to calculators the activity is built around having the students develop answers to a number of questions typically students will work together in small groups 23 students with different groups developing answers to different sets of questions some sets are more difficult than others so you may want to review them first and assign accordingly we suggest having the questions printed off in advance for distribution to the groups at the end of the activity the students will come back together to share what they have found what follows are some good sets of starting questions you might wish to add others some questions are more difficult or more involved than others so you may not want to use all of them with all students to get the students thinking about mercury you might begin with a discussion to elicit what they already know it is likely that they have heard something about the dangers of eating fish with mercury they may also be aware of the dangers associated with mercury in fluorescent bulbs thermostats and other electronic devices notions of scale are important to the work that the students will be doing one of the question sets asks students to calculate the number of boxcars required to hold a billion ping pong balls the answer is 306 a good sized train you might set up this exercise by asking studentsbefore they do the calculationto estimate the answer divide the class into groups and distribute the question sets across the groups tell each group that they are expected to prepare material for presentation to the rest of the class this presentation could take a number of forms if computers are available you might ask each group to put together a set of slides on the computer that includes pictures when that is relevant and that makes the calculations clear after the groups have had time to develop their answers and presentations have the groups present to the class as a whole this is a good opportunity to focus on issues of scale and on flexibility in moving from one kind of unit to another if this is a biology class it is also a good opportunity to spend a bit of time talking about the significance of organic mercury and in general about why molecules that contain carbon are special when it comes to life processes  question sets set 1 social implications what is minamata disease what happened in minamata what concentration of mercury in hair is considered to be normal for people in the us what concentrations were found in the people of minamata express this concentration in terms of parts per billion parts per million μg g and mg kg set 2 social implications what was the source of mercury poisoning in iraq in the early 1970s what kinds of mercury concentrations in human hair were involved express these concentrations in terms of parts per billion parts per million μg g and mg kg set 3 least difficult what is a typical mercury concentration for muscle tissue in swordfish how about freshwater bass express these concentrations in terms of parts per billion parts per million μg g and mg kg set 4 all students should know but chemistry teachers may want to take this further in terms of chemical interact tions in what forms do we find mercury in the environment what is special about methyl mercury what conditions are typically necessary to create methyl mercury set 5 concentrations what is the recommended maximum amount of mercury in drinking water nokomis pond the drinking water supply for newport covers approximately 119 acres which is about 805400 square meters it is a fairly shallow pond 10 feet deep or less in most places with a few places where it is about 20 feet deep assume an average depth of 35 meters almost certainly an over estimate a typical mercury thermometer of the kind that used to be common in high school laboratories contains about 3 grams of mercury if you broke one of these thermometers in nokomis pond what would the mercury concentration of the water be would this be something to worry about set 6 scale the measurements we make with mercury are often in parts per billion to make sense out of that we need some physical notion of how big a billion is or putting it in terms of parts per billion if we have something that is say 11 parts per billion we need a way to understand how big a group those 11 items are a part of suppose we had a billion ping pong balls would they all fit in a boxcar if not how many boxcars would it take to hold them here is the basic information you need to figure this out for yourself the diameter of a ping pong ball is 40 mm the volume inside a typical 50 foot boxcar is 14832 m3 because ping pong balls are round there is unused space when you pack them together a good estimate of the usable space when you are packing round things together is 74  reflection formative assessment ideas for a quick check of understanding ask the students to suppose that they found an old style mercury fever thermometer in a medicine cabinet at home and that it broke leaving a little silver ball of mercury on the floor ask them to answer the following questions what would probably happen if the dog ate the little ball of mercury what if the dog just sniffed it what would be a good way to clean up the mercury would it be a good idea to vacuum it up to get all the little pieces students could present their answers to the class check in with students to make sure that they have the correct information before presenting to the class  extension ideas have the perfect extension for an activity like this share it with us in the comments section below teacher s cheat sheet these documents can be viewed by clicking the links below individual pdfs are also on the lesson resources page answer key math warmup answer key question sets answer key reflection formative assessment handouts these documents can be downloaded by clicking the links below individual pdfs are also on the lesson resources page math warmup question sets resources a useful sheet that talks about the meaning of ppm ppb mg kg and so on is available from the center for hazardous substance research  why care about mercury why care about mercury background information introduction mercury the environment essential activity why care   mercury in watersheds background classroom activity  ',0),(217,'node',' curricula this is a book to hold all the curriculums for serc  ',0),(218,'node',' c paper for the mercury project http wwwlatimescom  now is the time for all good men to come to the aid of the party  papers and presentations mercury in watersheds  http wwwlatimescom  latimes latimescom ',0),(222,'node',' test presentation for upload mercury  test presentation for upload pine st construction notice 001pdf  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(274,'node',' mercury connections brimercurypdf  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(108,'node',' introduction to the data literacy project making sense of data requires an understanding of what data are important and then working with and organizing those data the data literacy project supports professional development to ensure that teachers can guide their students in making sense of data in an increasingly datadriven world the project has has four components nuture an understanding of data literacy pedagogical content knowledge develop an effective professional learning community in support of ongoing teacher professional development develop curriculum materials to support instruction in data literacy and develop an assessment tool that teachers can use to identify areas where students need instruction practice and correction of misunderstandings  data literacy  ',0),(166,'node',' hancock county tech center hancock county tech center from sarah s spreadsheet with google map  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(160,'node',' old town high school description for old town high school one two three four fivc six seven eight nine ten  mercury in watersheds  ',0),(286,'node',' classroom activities research questions and hypotheses overview this activity is primarily a brainstorming activity that looks at the assumptions mechanisms and unanswered questions that are buried in the students picture of the system they are studying ultimately each group will come up with one or more questions and will choose one to turn it into a hypothesis they will then propose a general approach for a research project that addresses their hypothesis  getting ready materials student background materials from units 1 2 student mercury cycle diagrams completed in unit 2 activity b student brainstorming worksheet  pdf  teacher s guide  pdf  time needed activity procedure   getting ready  divide students into working groups provide each group with the background materials that they encountered in the preceding units and the mercury cycle diagrams that they produced at the end of unit 2 the mercury cycle diagrams are the students models of the system that they are studying and therefore the starting point for their thinking about how they think the system works teachers take a look at the  teacher s guide  it may aid you in helping the students brainstorm getting the analysis started  typically you will want to start this by having the students review their diagrams of the mercury cycle thinking through all of the elements of the system and making sure that they have answers to questions such as where is the mercury coming from and how does it move into the system under study where does the mercury change into its organic methyl form what life is at the bottom of the food chain that takes in the methylmercury how does the mercury move up the food chain are there any special features in the actual system under study that might make this cycle more complicated or somehow different than a typical system what assumptions are we making at each step of this cycle you will almost certainly want to spend some time with each group going over questions such as these making sure that the students have a workable model and a model that they understand once you are comfortable that a group has a model of what they think is happening you can start guiding them toward some testable hypotheses since the key result or dependent variable that the students will be measuring is the amount of mercury in organisms you should ask the students to use their model to predict which organisms in the system will have more and less mercury what it is about the organisms that might cause them to have more mercury than others such as does their size matter age etc  thinking ahead  what kinds of data can the students collect   what the students can measure depends on the types of resources that are available you should provide them with a list of the kinds of things that they can collect and measure in the system that you are studying what follows is a partial very general list  the actual list for your site and situation might have fewer elements or might be larger  invertebrates plants soil leaf litter fish human hair in addition to the list of materials and organisms that they might sample the students need to know what measurements they can make again  this list will vary from school to school and site to site  if you have special needs we can sometimes help you get access to equipment to make additional measurements mass or weight size length other measures number of things collected species or family for dragonfly larvae or type eg floating versus submerged plants small mouth bass versus sunfish age for fish using analysis of fish scales stomach contents gender site characteristics substrate ie muddy or cobble bottom stream or lake size type of forest or land cover around the site stream flow etc water quality characteristics such as turbidity dissolved oxygen temperature acidity and of course mercury in the substance organism what kinds of questions can the students explore   for most students you will need to guide them from having a general area of interest toward having a question that can be answered with data keep in mind that the students will be able to explore two general kinds of questions   questions about differences   does one set of samples contain on average more mercury than some other set there are many questions of this kind do people that eat a lot of fish have more mercury in their hair than people who eat beef but not very much fish do bass have more mercury than crayfish do dragonfly larvae in a wetland have more mercury than those in a rocky nowetland site these kinds of questions will involve a comparison of means or averages questions about the strength of relationships   what goes with what is there a strong relationship between the weight of a fish of some species and its mercury burden do larger dragonfly larvae have more mercury than smaller individuals is there a strong relationship between a fish s age and its mercury burden is the size of a person related to the amount of mercury in the person s hair this kind of question involves creating a scatter plot to see if there is an orderly relationship between the two factors of course it requires that each factor be something that can be expressed in a numeric relationship on the scale of the axis of a graph so weight length age and other countable factors work well for this something that does not fit into an interval scale or ratio scale won t work so you can t do this kind of analysis when the factors on one axis are say different kinds of insects beetles moths dragonflies mosquitoes but it would work if you were comparing mercury content for beetles of different average weights helping the students be clear about which kind of question they are asking will be very useful as you help them think through the design of their experiment our experience has been that questions about relationships often open up richer opportunities for learning than simple questions about differences looking at how much two factors are correlated is a good way to get a better understanding of what is happening in a system questions about differences are useful too of course and provide important insights into the structure of a system but if students are looking at an issue that can be explored through a scatter plot encourage them to pursue that direction kevin simon assistant professor of biological sciences at umaine gave some feedback on a class hypotheses last year and his comments might help you in the development of your students hypotheses a hypothesis that explains something leads to more interesting and informative research hypotheses that use the words because or due to or cause are generally more informative see the examples below  hypothesis 1 there will be fewer invertebrates in streams subject to frequent floods than in streams that experience less frequent flooding  you might sample and indeed prove that this is so however you don t know why hypothesis 2 there will be fewer invertebrates in streams subject to frequent floods because the stream is highly disturbed causing high insect mortality this 2nd hypothesis now explains something and it leads to specific predictions that you can test  right wrong   once each group has identified a question for example do fish that eat other fish have more mercury than fish that eat algae have students turn the question into a hypothesis by expressing it as an assertion that means choosing one outcome over the other based on what the model suggests it is important to assure the students that a hypothesis is just an educated guess a prediction from the model and that there is no right or wrong scientists don t use the word wrong or right for that matter when discussing hypotheses they will usually say their findings either did or did not support their hypothesis for example in the question about fish with different diets a working hypothesis might be something like because mercury bioaccumulates in food chains fish that eat other fish will have more mercury in their bodies than fish that eat algae  mind onto paper students should have some ideas in their heads now have them complete the brainstorming worksheet  which will help them get their ideas onto paper fyi the teacher s guide includes some guiding advice concerning the brainstorming worksheet study design  finally have students brainstorm about how they might do a field research project to address their hypothesis in our example it might be catch some of each type of fish and measure mercury in them at the end of the discussion have a student record on the blackboard and or web site the samples that will need to be collected to address the hypotheses as the research coordinator determine where some sample collections could be combined each class can have a maximum of 20 samples analyzed for mercury for projects focusing on aquatic invertebrates at least ten samples should be individual dragonfly larvae you are adding to a regional database for dragonfly mercury  extension ideas have student groups briefly present their questions and hypotheses to the rest of the class make sure that they explain the thinking behind the hypothesis  documents these documents can be viewed by clicking the links below individual pdfs of each document can be downloaded from the attachments at the bottom of this web page teacher s guide   teacher s guide handouts student brainstorming worksheet    research question and hypothesis activity   mercury in watersheds  ',0),